UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE CATALOG
1996-1997
Lebanon Valley College
of Pennsylvania
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
LYRASIS IVIembers and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley199697leba
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Profile of Lebanon Valley College 2
Mission of Lebanon Valley College 3
Undergraduate Information
Admissions 4
Continuing Education 5
Undergraduate Academic Regulations and Procedures 7
Degrees 7
Graduation Requirements 8
Non-traditional Credit 13
Grading System 14
Undergraduate Academic Programs 19
General Education 19
Honors Program 22
Cooperative Programs 24
Pre-Professional Programs 25
Individualized Major 26
General Studies 26
Internships 26
Independent Study 27
Tutorial Study 27
Special Topics Courses 28
Study Abroad 28
Special Programs 28
Undergraduate Departments 29
Graduate Academic Programs 126
Directory 133
Board of Trustees 133
Administration 137
Faculty 144
Support Staff -. 157
Awards 158
Accreditation 159
Campus Map 160
Phone Numbers 163
1996- 1997 Academic Calendar 164
LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE ^
Founded: 1866, as a private coeducational institution on the site of the Annville Academy. "^
Became a four-year institution by 1883 as the lower grades were phased out. ^
Curriculum: a four-year program of study in the liberal arts with an academic year CZ
comprised of fall and spring semesters and an optional summer term. ^
Degrees granted: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Associate of f^
Arts, Associate of Science, Master of Business Administration.
r^
Major fields of study: accounting, actuarial science, American studies, applied computer
science, biochemistry, biology, business, chemistry, computer science, economics, elemen- >*-
tary education, English, French, German, health care management, history, hotel management, f^
international business, mathematics, music, music education, music technology, philosophy,
physics, political science, psychobiology, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish. ^-^
Special programs: military science (ROTC), secondary education certification; in coopera- ^-^
tion with Thomas Jejferson University: cytotechnology, cytogenetics, diagnostic imaging, ^
nursing, occupational therapy, physical therapy; in cooperation with University ofPennsyl-
vania, Case Western Resen'e University, and Widener University: engineering; in cooperation ^^
with Duke University: forestry, environmental sciences; in cooperation with approved ^^
hospitals: medical technology. ^^
Special options: departmental honors, double majors, college honors program, independent ,^
study, individualized majors, internships, tutorial study, study abroad, Washington semester ^^
program. ^
Number of faculty: 77; of the permanent faculty 78 percent have earned a Ph.D. or s^
equivalent terminal degree. a^
Student-faculty ratio: 16: 1, with an average class size of 20. ^-^
Location: Annville, founded in 1799, is a small town of approximately 5,000 people located -^
in south central Pennsylvania. Driving times: Hershey, 10 minutes; Harrisburg, 1/2 hour; ^
Baltimore, 2 hours; Philadelphia, 2 hours; New York, 3 hours; Washington, D.C., 3 hours. ^«^
Size of campus: 30 buildings. The library contains over 172,u00 catalog items, and the '^
college's five student computer labs house 150 personal computers. The sports center is ^
nationally recognized for its water fitness program.
Residence halls: Thirteen residence halls housing 915 students in male, female and coed ^,^
facilities. ^~'
Student enrollment: 1 163 full-time undergraduate students, with 507 part-time under- "^
graduates and 214 graduate students. ^
Student financial aid: approximately 83 percent receive financial aid. Total financial aid in s«,
the form of LVC grant and academic scholarships for 1996 was $5,864,909. The average ^^
grant and scholarship totaled $6,239. ^
THE MISSION OF THE COLLEGE
Lebanon Valley is a small, private, liberal arts college. Its mission arises directly from its
historical traditions and a relationship with the United Methodist Church.
The College's aim is to enable our students to become people of broad vision, capable of
making informed decisions, and prepared for a life of service to others. To that end we seek
to provide an education that helps students to acquire the knowledge, skills, attitudes, and
values necessary to live and work in a changing, diverse, and fragile world.
Through both curricular and co-curricular activities we endeavor to acquaint our students
with humanity's most significant ideas and accomplishments, to develop their abilities to
think logically and communicate clearly, to give them practice in precise analysis and
effective performance, and to enhance their sensitivity to and appreciation of differences
among human beings.
Lebanon Valley College aspires to pursue this mission within a community in which caring
and concern for others is a core value. We value strong and nurturing faculty interacting
closely with students; encourage individual student development; and affirm the interrelat-
edness of liberal learning and the ideal of vocation. We regard the cultivation of wisdom, that
is the capacity of judging rightly in manners of life and conduct, and a life-long love of
learning as the ultimate rewards of the educational experience.
The motto of the college is, "You shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free"
(John 8:32).
President G. David Pollick meets with students for an informal discussion.
3
UNDERGRADUATE INFORMATION ^
Admission For Full Time Students C
High School Preparation f^
All admission candidates should have completed 16 credit units and graduated from an
accredited secondary school, or present an equivalency certificate (G.E.D.). Of the 16 units, ^-^
4 should be in English, 2 in foreign language, 2 in mathematics, 1 in science and 1 in social ^
studies. ^
Application Procedure ^
A candidate for admission to Lebanon Valley College must submit a completed application ^
form with the required application fee, Scholastic Aptitude or American College Test results ■*
and an official transcript of high school grades. Students planning to transfer to Lebanon ^
Valley must submit official transcripts of completed college or university work. ^
All candidates are encouraged to visit campus for a personal interview. Applicants for '^
admission into music, music education or music recording technology programs are required ^
to audition on campus; audition applications are available from the Admission Office. For ^-^
further information contact: '^
>^
Admission Office *^
Lebanon Valley College >^
101 North College Avenue ^
Annville, PA 17003-0501 ^
Phone: (717) 867-6181 or (800) 445-6181 (^
FAX.- (717) 867-6026 ^
Internet: http://www.lvc.edu -^
E-mail: admiss@lvc.edu ^
Student Finances
Payment for tuition, room, board, and other charges is due by a published deadline prior to ^*
the beginning of each semester. Students failing to meet this deadline will be required to make '^
special arrangements with the Business Office before their course registrations will be ^
processed. Questions about student finances should be addressed to the Business Office. "•
Refund Policy ^
Full-time students withdrawing from the school will receive a refund prorated according to ^^
the following schedule: ^
Time Period Refund ^
During the first week of classes 100% i^
During the second week of classes 90% ^.^
During the third and fourth week of classes 50% ^
During the fifth through eighth week of classes 25% ^
After the eighth week of classes NO REFUND
Comprehensive Fee: non-refundable
Room charges: non-refundable
Board charges: prorated refund
A $100 Administrative Fee will be assessed for withdrawals after the first week of class.
Part-time students should consult the refund schedule published by the Continuing Educa-
tion Office.
Refund Policy During First Semester
A student who is attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time will receive a refund
according to the federal policy established by the Higher Education Amendments of 1992.
The pro-rata refund policy applies to new students whose date of withdraw is within the first
60 percent of the semester for which the student has been billed. This refund policy allows
for a refund of tuition, fees, room and board for the portion of the semester for which the
student has been charged that remains in this period but for which the student will not be
enrolled. A copy of the federal pro-rata refund policy is on file in the Financial Aid Office.
Alternative Payment Plan
Lebanon Valley College offers a payment plan for those families who, after exploring other
options, prefer to spread payments over a 10-month period. Two agents have been appointed
to process deferred payment applications:
Knight College Resource Group EduServ Tuition Installment Plan
855 Boylston Street EduServ Technologies. Inc.
Boston, MA 021 16 P.O. Box 3011
Phone: 1-800-225-6783 Winston-Salem, NC 27102-301 1
Phone: 1-800-851-4770
The college has no financial interest in either of these plans and offers them as a convenience
to students and parents.
Continuing Education Office
Students may enroll part-time at Lebanon Valley College through Continuing Education.
Students are considered part-time if they are enrolled for - 11 credit hours per semester.
The Continuing Education Office offers credit programs on four levels: certificate, associate.
baccalaureate, and diploma. Certificates are starter programs that approximate the beginning
of a four-year college experience, ideal spring-boards from which to go on for an associate
or bachelor's degree. Diploma programs are intended for persons who have already been
awarded a bachelor's degree in one discipline and desire to study another discipline in some
depth.
A second bachelor's degree may be awarded to adult students who already ha\e recei\ed a
bachelor of arts or sciences from Lebanon Valley or another accredited college or university.
Meeting with a continuing education counselor is required
prior to registering for courses.
In such cases, students must only complete the major requirements for the second degree or
a minimum of 30 credits, whichever is greater.
Courses taught through Continuing Education are offered during evenings, weekend and
summer sessions on the main campus in Annville and through our Lancaster Center on the
Franklin & Marshall College Campus. The Continuing Education Office publishes course
schedules for the fall, spring and summer sessions. To obtain copies of course schedules or
get detailed information on all academic programs for adults call 7 17-867-62 1 3 in Annville
or 717-399^419 in Lancaster or write Continuing Education Office, Lebanon Valley
College, Annville, PA 17003-0501.
A candidate for admission to any of Lebanon Valley College's Continuing Education degree
programs must submit a completed application form with the required application fee. An
official high school transcript is required if students have less than 24 semester hours of
transferable college credits. Students planning to transfer to Lebanon Valley must submit
official transcripts of any completed college or university courses. Official transcripts
relating to military or business courses also may prove to be useful. Although students may
begin taking classes before they have been accepted, they must speak with a counselor before
registering for courses. To arrange an admission interview with a counselor call 717-867-
62 1 3 in Annville or 7 1 7-399^4 1 9 in Lancaster. Decisions on all adult student applications
usually are made within one month after the last required transcript is received.
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC
REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES
Attendance at Lebanon Valley College is a privilege, not a right. To provide the necessary
atmosphere in which teaching and learning can occur, the college expects that the conduct
of all campus citizens will conform to accepted standards. The college has the right to require
the withdrawal of any student whose actions are inimical to the purposes of the institution.
The following academic regulations are announcements and do not constitute a contract
between the student and the college. The college reserves the right to change these regulations
and procedures as it deems necessary for the accomplishment of its purposes, but wherever
possible, a student will proceed to graduation under the regulations in effect at the time of his/
her entrance at the college.
Degrees
Baccalaureate Degrees
Lebanon Valley College confers five baccalaureate degrees. Bachelor of Arts for students
completing requirements in the following major programs: American studies, economics,
Enghsh, French, German, history, music, philosophy, pohtical science, psychology, religion,
sociology, Spanish and certain individualized majors.
Bachelor of Science for students completing requirements in the following major programs:
accounting, actuarial science, biochemistry, biology, business administration, chemistry,
computer information systems, computer science, cooperative engineering, cooperative
forestry, elementary education, health care management, hotel management, international
business, mathematics, music education, physics, psychobiology, and certain individualized
majors. Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology, and
Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology for students completing
requirements for the appropriate major program.
Associate Degrees
Through the Continuing Education Office part-time students may earn the Associate of
Science degree in accounting, general studies or management, or the Associate of Arts degree
in general studies.
Privacy of Student Records
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 is a federal law which provides
students the right to review their academic records, the right to challenge the contents of their
records, and the right to confidentiality of their records.
The Buckley Amendment allows the disclosure of basic directory data and. in the case of
athletes, extends that information to relevant personal data and accomplishments. The
College Relations Office uses permissible information from students" records to report on
social and academic accomplishments.
Annually, Lebanon Valley College informs students of the Family Educational Rights and ^
Privacy Act of 1 974, as amended. This Act, with which the institution intends to comply fully, "^
was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the right of students ^
to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines for the correction of ^
inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. Students also have the '^
right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA) ^
concerning alleged failures by the institution to comply with the act. ^^
Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compliance with '^
the provisions of the Act. Copies of the policy can be found in the following offices: Office ^
of the Registrar, Office of Student Services and Office of the Dean of the Faculty. The policy '^
is also printed in the Faculty Advising Handbook. The offices mentioned also maintain a '^
Directory of Records which lists all education records maintained on students by this ^
institution. -^
Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred to the ^
Registrar's Office. "^
Credit Hours S
A credit hour is the unit to measure academic progress. Each course has a credit designation ^
approximately equal to the number of hours to be spent in class each week. A course requiring "^
three hours of class attendance each week will carry three credit hours. Credit for laboratories ^^,
is generally awarded at one-half the regular rate. —
Graduation Requirements >^
Candidates for a baccalaureate degree shall complete successfully 1 20 credit hours including ^
the requirements for the general education program (see page 19), and the requirements for ^
majors and minors as appropriate. Credit hours are accumulated in three separate categories: ^»'
general education requirements, major requirements, and electives. ^
In addition, candidates shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected ^^^
from a list of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education ^
requirement by taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one _
physical education unit waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season >»■
of a varsity sport, one semester of marching band, or one semester of military science. ^
Continuing education students are exempt from the physical education requirement. ^
Candidates for an associate's degree must accumulate at least 60 credit hours including the ^^
course work appropriate to their major program. Fifteen of the last 1 8 credit hours toward the
degree must be in residence. sw
C
Candidates lOr a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and a major
grade point average of 2.00. >*•-
The general education program is that part of the curriculum that is shared by all students in
all majors. The required courses reflect 54-56 credit hours. >—
The major programs each require at least 24 credit hours of course work.
Electives are those courses selected by the student that reflect neither major nor general
education requirements.
Candidates for the bachelor's degrees must also take in residence 30 credit hours of the 36
taken immediately prior to graduation. Course work taken in all of the college's programs
qualify as work done in residence.
Advising Program
Each student has a faculty adviser whose role is to counsel about registration procedures,
course selections, academic requirements, and regulations. The student is required to obtain
the adviser's counsel and approval before registration, withdrawal, election of pass/fail
option, and/or change in credit/audit status.
Arrangement of Schedules
Each student arranges a semester program of courses in consultation with, and by approval
of, his or her faculty adviser. Students already in attendance do this during registration
periods. New students accomplish this on orientation days.
Limit of Hours
To be classified as full time, a student must take at least 12 credit hours in a semester.
Seventeen credit hours is the maximum permitted without approval from the student's
adviser and permission of the registrar. Audited courses are counted in determining the
course load, but music organizations are not. To be permitted to take more than 17 credits the
student should have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher, or be enrolled in the
Honors Program, or be a senior. Students shall pay the prevailing tuition rate for each credit
hour beyond 17 (not counting music organizations).
Class Standing
Students are classified academically at the beginning of each year. Membership in the
sophomore, junior or senior classes is granted to students who have earned a minimum of 28,
56, or 84 credit hours respectively.
Transfer Credit
A student applying for advanced standing after having attended another accredited institution
shall send an official transcript to the dean of admission. If requested, the student must
provide copies of the appropriate catalogs for the years of attendance at the other institution
or institutions.
Credits are accepted for transfer provided the grades are C- ( 1 .67) or better and the work is
equivalent or similar to work offered at Lebanon Valley College. Grades thus transferred
count for credit hours only, not for quality points.
c:
A candidate for admission holding an associate degree from a regionally accredited college ,^»^
can be admitted with full acceptance of course work at the previously attended institution. ^^
Course work in the major field, however, for which the applicant has received a D shall not ^^
be counted toward fulfilling the major requirement. f^
Because Lebanon Valley College is a liberal arts institution, consideration of full acceptance <^^
of the associate degree will be granted with the understanding that the candidate has followed ^^^
a basic course of study compatible with the curriculum and academic programs of the college ^^
and has been enrolled in a transfer program. A total of 60 credits will be accepted for an ^^^
associate degree and 57 credits for a diploma program. A maximum of 90 credit hours will ^-^
be accepted toward a baccalaureate degree. ''^'*
In most instances the applicant may be expected to complete the baccalaureate degree within ^ -*
two years. However, when the requirements of a particular major field or the nature of the "^
previous study demand additional work beyond two years, the applicant will normally be ,^
notified at the time of admission. ^
Discontinuance of Courses s^
The college reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course. ^
Registration and Pre registration ^-^
Students are required to register for courses on designated days of each semester. Preference ^
is given to upperclass students in the preregistration process to ensure registration in courses ^
required for their major fields of study. Students who register later than the designated times ''^
shall be charged a fee. Students desiring to register later than one week after the opening of ^
the semester will be admitted only by special permission of the registrar. ^
On entering Lebanon Valley College students indicate that they are open or that they have '^
a particular intended major. Students may make a formal declaration of major during the ^
second semester of their freshmen year, and must make a formal declaration by the time they W^
have completed 60 credit hours. r,
Change of Registration ^^
Change of registration, including pass/fail elections, changes of course hours credit, changes ^
from credit to audit and vice versa, must be approved by signature of the adviser. In most ^
instances, registration for a course shall not be permitted after the course has been in session ^"^
for one full week. With the permission of the adviser, a student may withdraw from a course ^
during the first ten (10) weeks of the semester. However, first semester freshmen may ^
withdraw from a course at any time through the last day of semester classes with permission ""^
of the adviser. A fee is charged for every change of course made at the student's request after ;^
Add/Drop Day. ^
Auditing Courses C
Students may register to audit courses with the approval of their academic adviser. Audited '—
10 ^
courses are counted in considering the course load relative to the limit of hours which may
result in an overload charge. No grade or credit is given for an audited course, but the registrar
will record the audit on the transcript if the student attends regularly. A change of registration
from credit to audit or from audit to credit must be accomplished by the end of the tenth week
of semester classes.
Pass/Fail
After attaining sophomore standing (28 credit hours) a student may elect to take up to two
courses per semester and one per summer session on pass/fail basis; however, only six such
courses can be counted toward graduation requirements. No courses elected by students to
be taken pass/fail may be used to meet the requirements of the general education program,
the major(s), the minor(s), and secondary education certification. A student may select or
cancel a pass/fail registration any time during the first 10 weeks of a semester. Passing with
honors will be designated by the grade PH indicating that a grade of B+ or higher was earned.
Repetition of Courses
A student may repeat as often as desired, for a higher grade, a previously taken course, subject
to the following provisions: the course must have been taken in courses staffed by the college
at the Annville campus and/or the Lancaster center or Pennsylvania School of Art & Design
in Lancaster. Semester hours credit are given only once. The grade received each time taken
is computed in the semester grade point average. Each semester grade report will show hours
credit each time passed, but the total hours toward a degree will be equal only to the semester
hours credit for the course. For a course previously passed P/F. the grade received in the
subsequent registration for regular grade is the "higher grade." Each grade received remains
on the permanent record and a notation is made thereon that the course has been repeated.
Concurrent Courses
A student enrolled for a degree at Lebanon Valley College may not carry courses concur-
rently at any other institution without prior consent of his or her adviser and the registrar.
External Summer Courses
A student registered at Lebanon Valley College may not obtain credit for the courses taken
during the summer at another college, unless such courses have prior approval of his or her
adviser and the registrar.
Attendance Policy
Each student is responsible for knowing and meeting all requirements for each course,
including regular class attendance. At the opening of each semester the instructors shall
clearly inform students of class attendance regulations. Violations of those regulations shall
make the student liable to receive a grade of F in the course. Upon the recommendation of
the instructor and the approval of the registrar a grade of W will be assigned during the first
10 weeks of the semester, and an F will be assigned after that date.
Excused absences do not absolve students from the necessity of fulfilling all course
requirements.
11
In-Absentia ^
The college treats students in domestic or foreign study programs and in the Washington ^
Semester Program as students-in-absentia. Any student who studies for a semester or -^
academic year at another institution but with the intent of returning to the college is ^
considered a matriculated student. A student desiring in-absentia status should complete the ^
form in the registrar's office and secure the approval of the adviser, the registrar and the dean -^^
of international programs. Students will receive information on registration and room sign- ^
up after they notify the registrar of their address abroad or in the United States. ^
Leave of Absence '^
For reasons of health or in other compelling circumstances students may request a voluntary ^
leave from the college for one or two semesters. A student desiring such a leave should "^
complete the form available from the registrar and secure the approval of the senior vice ^
president and dean of the faculty. Students on leave are regarded as continuing students and ,^
retain their status for registration or room sign-up. Students on leave will receive information '^
on those procedures and will be asked to verify their return. The college reserves the right to ^
require a leave of absence for medical reasons at any time it is deemed reasonably necessary ^
to protect the student, other students, members of the college community, or the interests of ^^
the college itself. Before a student returns from a medical leave of absence, a clearance ^
interview with one of the counseling psychologists, the dean of students or the senior vice ^
president and dean of the faculty as well as additional documentation may be required. ^^
Withdrawal from College and Readmission ^
To withdraw from college a student must complete an official withdrawal form obtained from ^*'
the registrar. Continuing education students must complete an official withdrawal form n»,
obtained from the director of continuing education. Readmission of a student requires written --
permission from the senior vice president and dean of the faculty. ^^
Advanced Placement Q_
Advanced placement with credit for appropriate courses shall be granted to entering students ^
who make scores of 4 or 5 on College Board Advanced Placement examinations. For scores "•
of 3, final determination is made by the appropriate department. Advanced placement ^
without credit may be granted on the basis of the Achievement Tests of the College Board ^
examinations or such other proficiency tests as may be determined by the registrar and by the ^^
chairperson of the department. (^
Second Bachelor's Degrees ^
A person who has earned a bachelor's degree from Lebanon Valley College or another C^
accredited college or university may earn a second bachelor's degree by meeting the /-^
following requirements: ^^
1 . A minimum of 30 additional undergraduate credits must be completed successfully at ,*-
Lebanon Valley. ^
2. All graduation requirements for the major of the second degree must be met satisfactorily. _
r-
12 ^
3. Course work completed successfully as part of the first degree program may be used to
satisfy the graduation requirements of the second major.
4. No course already taken in the first degree program may be repeated in the second degree
program.
5 . No more than three credits from student teaching (SED 440, ELM 440 and MSC 44 1 ) may
be counted toward a second degree.
6. Graduates from other accredited colleges or universities shall not be required to meet any
Lebanon Valley general education requirements.
7. No courses in the second degree program may be met satisfactorily through such non-
traditional means as challenge examinations, CLEP, or credit for life experience.
8. No more than three credits from internships may be counted toward a second degree.
9. No courses in the second degree program may be taken Pass/Fail.
Undergraduate Non-Traditional Credit
Lebanon Valley College recognizes the ability of highly motivated students to master
specific areas of study on their own initiative and provides programs to allow these students
the opportunity to gain credit. Any matriculated student may earn a maximum of 30 credits
toward a bachelor' s degree or a maximum of 1 5 credits toward an associate' s degree through
non-traditional means (experiential credit, advanced placement, CLEP, challenge exams).
Challenge Exams Policy
Only the courses listed in the college curriculum may be challenged for credit. Full-time
students should request challenge examinations through their academic advisers. Part-time
students and those students enrolled through the continuing education program should make
application of challenge exams through the Continuing Education Office. All requests must
be approved by the registrar and the chairperson of the department in which the course is
listed.
Challenge exams are considered to be comprehensive examinations in the subject area and
are graded Pass/Fail. The grading criteria for passing a challenge exam shall be determined
by each department. There is a fee for each challenge examination. This fee is for preparation
and grading of the examination and is charged without regard to the test results. Challenge
exams may not be taken by students who have received any grade in a course equivalent to
or more advanced than the course for which the student is requesting credit by examination.
Challenge exams may not be used for the purpose of acquiring credit for a course previously
failed. Practicums, internships, seminars, research courses, independent study, and courses
with required laboratory components are not subject to credit by examination.
CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Policy
Credit shall be granted to those students who score well on CLEP examinations that are
approved by the college. To receive credit, a student must score above the 50th percentile on
the objective section and above a C, as determined by the appropriate academic department
for general and subject examinations. The English composition essay is required with a
minimum score of 480 and at the 80th percentile for this CLEP examination.
13
A maximum of six credits shall be awarded for each examination ; of these credits , only three /^
may be applied to the general education requirements in the appropriate area. Credit shall be ^
granted only to students who have matriculated at Lebanon Valley College. Normally, ^
requests for CLEP credit must be approved by the registrar before the student has completed ^
30 credits. ^
Credit for Life Experience Policy ^
Lebanon Valley College provides for the awarding of undergraduate academic credit for ^
knowledge acquired through non-academic experience in subjects in the college curriculum. ^
The experience should have a direct relation to the material taught in a course in the college -^
curriculum and should extend over a sufficient period to provide substantive knowledge in '^
the relevant area. Matriculated students who believe they qualify for such credit may petition ^
the appropriate department through their academic advisers. Students enrolled in the -»
Continuing Education program must petition through the Continuing Education Office. This ^'
petition must:
(1) detail the relevant experience in question ^
(2) provide appropriate supporting evidence
(3) note the equivalent college course by department and number ^
(4) state the number of credit hours sought. ^'
The appropriate department will consult with the academic adviser or the Continuing ^
Education Office to determine the best means (interview, examination, portfolio, etc.) for ^
evaluating the experience.
Approval of experiential credit for full-time students must be made in writing over the ^^
signatures of the academic adviser, the appropriate department chairperson, and the senior ^
vice president and dean of the faculty. Approval of experiential credit for students enrolled ^
through the continuing education program must be made in writing over the signatures of the ^
director of continuing education, the appropriate department chairperson, and the senior vice
president and dean of the faculty. ^»
Expenential credit cannot exceed six credit hours in one academic year and cannot exceed ^
a maximum of twelve credit hours in the degree program. ^»
w
Grading Systems and Grade Point Averages ^
Student work is graded A (excellent), B (good), C (satisfactory), D (requirements and ^*'
standards met a minimum level), F (course requirements not met). For each credit hour in a C^
course, students receive the following quality points: ,-»-
A
4.00
A-
3.67
B+
3.33
B
3.00
B-
2.67
C+
2.33
C
2.00
C-
1.67
D+
L33
D
LOO
D-
.67
F
.00
14
F carries no credit or quality points, but grades of F are used in calculating the grade point
averages. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the quality points by
the credit hours completed.
Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00, and a major
grade point average of 2.00. Only grades in courses taken at Lebanon Valley College, the
Lebanon Valley College in Cologne Program; Wollongong University, Australia; Monash
University, Australia; Regents College, London; Anglia Polytechnic University, England;
Lancaster University, England; The Athens Centre, Greece; Universite de Montpellier,
France; Universidad de Salamanca, Spain; and the Washington Semester Program are used
to determine grade point averages.
Continuing education degree candidates admitted before July 1 , 1 989 must meet graduation
requirements by earning a cumulative grade point average of 1.75. All students and
continuing education candidates admitted after July 1, 1989 must meet graduation require-
ments by earning a grade point average of 2.00. All students must have a 2.00 grade point
average in their major, any second major, and any minor.
A student may not take a course that has a prerequisite course he/she has failed.
In addition to the above grades, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates that the work is
incomplete (certain required work postponed by the student for substantial reason with the
prior consent of the instructor), but otherwise satisfactory. This work must be completed
within the first eight weeks of the next semester, or the I will be changed to an F. Appeals for
an extension of time must be presented to the registrar by the first week of the next semester.
W indicates withdrawal from a course through the tenth week of semester classes, except for
first-semester freshmen who may withdraw through the last day of the semester. For physical
education a grade of either S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) is recorded.
Once a grade has been recorded it may not be changed without the approval of the instructor
and the registrar. Students who feel the grade may be inaccurate should contact the instructor
at once, but in no case later than the end of the semester following the course in question.
Grades are sent to the parents and/or guardians of full-time students who meet the Internal
Revenue Service regulations for dependent status. Independent full-time students must
notify the registrar and provide adequate documentation of their status.
Academic and Graduation Honors
The Dean 's List
Students achieving a 3 .40 or higher grade point average while carrying at least 1 2 credit hours
for grade shall be named to the Dean's List at the end of each semester.
Continuing education students shall be named to the Continuing Education Dean's List by
meeting the following terms:
15
(1) must be matriculated in certificate, degree or teacher certification programs ^
(2) must be enrolled for at least six credit hours *'
(3) must 'achieve a minimum semester grade point average of 3.40. ^
Graduation Honors ""
After completing a minimum of 60 credit hours of residence work a student may qualify for ^
graduation honors. The honors to be conferred are Summa Cum Laude for grade point ^
averages of 3.75 - 4.0, Magna Cum Laude for grade point averages of 3.60 - 3.74, and Cum "*
Laude for grade point averages of 3.40- 3.59. >-
Departmental Honors ^
All major programs provide the opportunity for departmental honors work during the junior '-
and senior years. For specific information, interested students should contact the appropriate ^
department chairperson. The minimal requirements for departmental honors are a cumulative
GPA of at least 3.0, both at the time of application and the time of graduation; a written thesis; ^
an oral presentation; and approval by a majority vote of the full-time members of the ^
department. This project is undertaken on a subject of the student's own choosing under the
supervision of a faculty adviser. Opportunity also exists to do creative work. A maximum of ^
nine hours credit may be earned in departmental honors. ^~
Phi Alpha Epsilon ^
Students graduating with grade point averages of 3 .50 or higher are eligible for induction into ^
Phi Alpha Epsilon, provided they have earned a minimum of 60 credit hours of residence ^
work. ^
Academic Dishonesty ^
Smdents are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dishonesty ^^
shall not be tolerated. ;^
For the first academic dishonesty offense, no action shall be taken beyond failure from the "^
course, at the option of the faculty member. A letter of warning shall be sent to the student ^
by the senior vice president and dean of the faculty, explaining the policy regarding further ^
offenses, and the right of appeal. "^
For a second offense, failure in the course is mandatory, and the dean shall so inform the ^
faculty member(s) involved. Additionally, the senior vice president and dean of the faculty "^
has the authority to take further action, up to and including expulsion from the college. ^
For a third offense, failure in the course and expulsion from the college are mandatory. "^
The senior vice president and dean of the faculty has the authority to make a determination ,^^
of whether actions or reasonable suspicions of actions by a student constitute academic "^
dishonesty "offenses" as above. '^
Information related to academic dishonesty offenses must be passed by the faculty member ^-,
16 ^
to the senior vice president and dean of the facuhy. The dean shall retain the information for
at least as long as the student involved is enrolled at the college. Information and evidence
concerning academic dishonesty are the property of the college.
All actions against a student for academic dishonesty offenses can be appealed to the senior
vice president and dean of the faculty, who will serve as final arbiter.
Probation and Suspension
Students can be placed on academic probation, suspended or dismissed if their academic
standing fails to come up to the grade point average shown in the following table:
Semester
Suspension or
Hours
Probation
Dismissal
1-18
1.50
19-36
1.60
1.50 cumulative
37-54
1.70
55-72
1.80
1.70 cumulative
73-90
1.90
91 or more
2.00
1.90 cumulative
A student placed on academic probation is notified of such status by the senior vice president
and dean of the faculty and informed of the college regulations governing probationers.
Students on probation are expected to regulate their work and their time in a most determined
effort to bring their performances up to the required standard. A student on probation who
desires to begin a new activity or continue in an activity already begun, shall submit an appeal
to the senior vice president and dean of the faculty. After consultation with the student's
major adviser and parents, the senior vice president and dean of the faculty will render a
binding decision.
A student suspended for academic reasons normally is not eligible for reinstatement for one
semester. A student seeking reinstatement must petition in writing to the senior vice president
and dean of the faculty.
A student twice suspended shall be considered for readmission only after completing
appropriate academic work at an accredited college.
Veterans ' Senices
Veterans who are eligible to receive educational benefits must report their enrollment to the
registrar after they register for each semester or summer session. The registrar will then
submit certification to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans who are attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time must complete the
appropriate forms in the registrar's office before certification will be sent to the Veterans
Administration.
17
r
Students eligible for veterans benefits who remain on academic probation for two consecu-
tive semesters must be reported to the Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans with
questions about the college or their status with the college should contact the registrar.
Servicemember's Opportunity Colleges
Lebanon Valley College has been designated as an institutional member of Servicemember's
Opportunity Colleges (SOC), a group of over 400 colleges providing post secondary
education to members throughout the world. As an SOC member, Lebanon Valley College
recognizes the unique nature of the military life-style and has committed itself to easing the
transfer of relevant course credits, providing flexible residency requirements, and crediting
learning from appropriate military training and experiences.
Teacher Certification for Non-Matriculated Students
Lebanon Valley College offers teacher certification to a variety of special students: students
with degrees from other colleges, or teachers seeking certification in other fields, or Lebanon
Valley College alumni seeking certification for the first time. All students must present
official transcripts of college work or their previous teacher certification to the registrar. The
Education Department, the registrar and the appropriate academic department shall evaluate
the record and recommend the appropriate course of action. A fee shall be charged for this
service.
Small classes ensure one-on-one interaction with faculty.
18
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
General Education Program
Through the General Education Program the college most directly expresses its commitment
to the ideal of liberal education that underlies its statement of purpose. The program has four
components: communications, liberal studies, foreign studies and disciplinary perspectives.
This program seeks to prepare graduates who are broadly competent, skilled in communica-
tion, capable of analysis and interpretation, tolerant and able to continue to learn in a rapidly
changing world.
The General Education Program aims to help students:
• strengthen their capacities for critical thinking and rational analysis;
• practice clear and effective communication;
• learn methods essential for study and research;
• develop breadth through fundamental studies in basic liberal arts disciplines;
• improve their ability to make informed aesthetic and moral assessments;
• understand and appreciate cultures and traditions different from their own;
• integrate different ways of learning and understanding.
The program consists of coursework in the following four areas:
Communications. 15 credit hours.
English Communications (2 courses)
Writing Requirement (3 courses)
Electronic Information Proficiency
This component recognizes the central role communication plays in learning and in life.
Courses teach the principles of clear and effective communication and provide opportunities
to practice and refine them throughout the student's college career.
English Communication. Courses teach the elements of English composition and the related
skills of speaking, reading, listening, word processing, and bibliographic access through
database searching.
Requirement: ENG 111/112.
Writing Requirement. In addition to English communication, students must complete three
courses designated Writing Intensive preferably during the sophomore, junior and senior
years. In these courses faculty will also teach writing and will make evaluation of writing
quality an important factor in the course grade.
Requirement: Three courses from an approved list.
19
Approved: AMS 253; BIO 103, 307, 312, 322; BUS 230, 420, 425, 480, 485; CHM 222, -
321, 322; ECN 312, 321, 332, 401, 411; ELM 361, 499; ENG 213, 221, 222, '
225,226, 310,315, 330, 341, 342, 350, 360; FRN410, 420, 430, 440, 450; GPY \
212; GMN 400-419, 460; HIS 205, 206, 207, 225, 226, 227, 253, 321,322,325, ►
326; HON 204, 500; LSP 350; MRT 371,372;MSC120,334;PHL215,300, "
301-335,336,349;PHY328;PSC220;PSY210,321, 335,339,343,443; REL ',
311,312, 322, 337, 342; SOC 322, 324, 33 1, 333, 362, 382; SPA 310, 410, 420, ^
430, 440, 450, 460.
Electronic Information Proficiency. There is no specific computer course requirement. -
Courses in the General Education Program will build on the base established in English
Communications to include other computer applications and modes of information access ^
and retrieval as appropriate. -^
Liberal Studies. 27-29 credit hours. ^
Three courses in each group with at least one course from each area. -^
Group I Group II Group III "^
History Natural Science Literature and Fine Art ^^
Social Science Mathematics Religion and Philosophy ^
Courses in this component provide breadth by introducing fundamental concepts, methods, >^
and content in disciplines essential to a liberal education. '^
Requirement: Three courses from each group with at least one from each area. w^
^-
Group I
Area 1 : History. Courses acquaint students with historical methodology and with some of the ^p^
principal developments in European and American history. --^
Approved: AMS 111; HIS 101, 102, 111, 112, 125, 126. C*
Area 2: Social Science. Courses establish and explore patterns of human culture and social
organization including international aspects of the world by examining the relationships ^w
among individuals and the structures and processes of societies. They draw on the theories ^
and methodological approaches used in the social sciences and prepare students to evaluate,
integrate, and communicate information and issues related to human behavior. w^
Approved: ECN 100, 101; HON 202; PSC 1 11, 1 12, 130; PSY 100; SOC 110, 120. ^
Group II ^^— '
Area 3: Natural Science. Courses present findings, concepts, and theories of science, develop
an understanding of scientific methods of inquiry, engage students directly in the practice of >»,
science, and prepare them to understand the relationship between science and technology. /^
20
Approved: BIO 101, 102, 103, 111,1 12;CHM 100, 1 1 1/1 13, 1 12/1 14; PHY 100, 103, 104,
111, 112; PSY210;SCI100.
Area 4: Mathematics. Courses introduce pivotal mathematical ideas, abstract mathematical
constructs, and mathematical applications. They make students aware of the powers and
limitations of mathematics and emphasize the role of mathematics in our society.
Approved: MAS 100, 1 1 1, 1 12, 150, 161, 162, 170,270.
Group III
Area 5: Literature and Fine Art. Courses acquaint students with significant works of artistic
expression and with their historical and cultural contexts. They help them analyze and
appreciate works of art, music, and literature and seek both to extend their aesthetic
experience and enhance the quality of their critical judgment.
Approved: ART 1 10, 201, 203; ENG 120, 221, 222, 227, 228; HON 204; MSC 100, 120.
200, 342.
Area 6: Religion and Philosophy. Courses introduce major religious or philosophical
perspectives, the critical study of value judgments, and the understanding that all judgments
and value systems are grounded in particular world views. Students are encouraged to
examine their own moral commitments as they develop an awareness of and tolerance for
other value systems.
Approved: HON 203; PHL 1 10, 160, 230, 240; REL 1 10, 120, 160.
Foreign Studies. Nine credit hours.
Two courses in a foreign language.
One course from a list approved for this component.
This component responds to a contemporary world in which communication, travel and trade
increasingly juxtapose cultures, values and ideas. Courses help students understand, inter-
pret, and appreciate cultural, social, moral, economic and political systems different from
their own.
Foreign Language. By learning another language students see the world from a perspective
essentially apart from their native tongue and culture. These courses help students understand
that all languages solve similar problems of expressing thought, but that each language
provides special access to a particular human society.
Requirement: Two courses.
Options: 1. Continue a previously studied language (two or more years) at the intermediate
level. FRN. GER. RSN. SPA 201/202.
2. Begin a new language. FRN, GMN, RSN, SPA 101/102.
21
3 . Repeat the elementary level (no language study for five full years), (FRN, GMN,
RSN, SPA 101/102).
4. Complete one advanced course (requires permission from FLG department).
Foreign Smdies. Courses introduce important aspects of societies in Asia, Africa, the Middle
East, and the Americas to foster an understanding of cultural, social, political, religious, or
economic systems outside the European tradition. Courses may compare European societies
with other societies or address factors that influence culture as long as these other consider-
ations do not obscure the primary goal of studying essentially different cultures.
Requirement: Choose one course from an approved list.
Approved: fflS 271, 273, 275, 277, 279; PSC 140, 150, 211; REL 115, 116, 253;
SPA 460.
Disciplinary Perspectives. Three credit hours.
One course from a list approved for this component.
Certain problems are addressed best from the perspective of more than one discipline. This
component offers students an opportunity to bring the insights from different disciplines to
the analysis of a complex issue. Courses incorporate content and approaches from at least two
disciplines, ask students to draw on their own disciplinary perspectives, and challenge them
to view issues from various points of view. Junior or senior standing is required.
Requirement: one course from an approved list.
Approved: AMS 311; DSP 390; HIS 325, 326; LSP 350; PHL 334, 349 or REL 342;
REL 253, 332, 337; SOC 326
Interdisciplinary Course (DSP):
DSP 390. Special Topics. This number designates a special topics course in the disciplinary
perspectives component of the General Education Program. Faculty may make use of this
opportunity to design a course outside normal departmental offerings. The course selection
booklet which appears before registration each semester will describe individual courses in
this category. 3 credits.
A student may petition the senior vice president and dean of the faculty to substitute another
course in the curriculum for an approved course in any component of the program.
Honors Program
The honors program is designed for superior students who are keenly motivated to expand
their intellectual horizons, develop their originality and curiosity, and challenge their
intellectual abilities. The program seeks to sharpen critical and analytical thinking, develop
verbal and written expression, encourage intellectual independence, and foster sensitive and
informed investigation of human values.
22
r^
To achieve these goals, the program offers a demanding, stimulating and integrated
alternative to a portion of the general requirements of the college.
Entering students and freshmen are selected for the program on the basis of interviews and
scholastic records. Any student who has a 3.0 grade point average or better after the freshman
year may enter the honors program after consultation with the honors director.
Program Requirements:
Students graduate with college honors if they have completed HON 201 or ENG 111-112,
HON 202, 203, 204, one honors seminar and one independent study project, and have a 3.0
grade point average or better overall. In addition to the honors program and major
requirements, honors students must complete the general education program of the college.
Courses in Honors (HON):
201. Honors Communication. Writing and speaking clear, grammatical and articulate
English. Listening and reading well. Searching information sources and applying those
sources ethically. Analyzing and drawing conclusions. 3 credits.
202. r/ie/wf/m^/Ma/fl/i^SoaV/^. An investigation into the structures of society, their origins,
and their impact upon human values. Emphasis on the interaction of the individual and the
socio-cultural environment. Evaluation of the approaches of the various social sciences.
3 credits.
203. Human Existence and Transcendence. A close examination of questions and issues
pertaining to human existence and the ways in which humankind has attempted, religiously
and philosophically, to rise above the conditions of human existence. This course seeks to
describe and examine the commonalities and differences between religion and philosophy as
each discipline addresses itself to existence and transcendence. 3 credits.
204. Human Creativity. A study of the major forms of literature, music, and plastic art.
designed to acquaint students with functions, values and aesthetic and cultural contexts of art,
as well as to enhance their response to art works. 3 credits.
Honors Seminar. The honors seminar is an intensive study of topics offered for junior and
senior honors students. The honors students choose the topic for the seminar, help select the
instructor and assist in the design of the seminar with the instructor. Each participant in the
honors program shall complete one honors seminar.
Honors Project Study . An independent study project, the capstone of the honors program,
provides the opportunity to carry out an extensive academic study of the student's own
design. The project, overseen by a faculty director and two faculty readers, must be approved
by the honors directors as well as the faculty team. When acceptable to an academic
department such independent study may serve as the basis for departmental honors. Upon
completion, the project will be presented publicly. 3 credits.
23
Cooperative Programs
Allied Health Professions
Lebanon Valley College has established a cooperative program with Thomas Jefferson
University in Philadelphia, Pa., for students interested in the allied health professions. The
College of Allied Health Sciences of Thomas Jefferson University offers baccalaureate
programs in cytotechnology, cytogenetics, diagnostic imaging (radiography/ultrasound),
nursing, and occupational therapy, and also offers an entry-level master's program in
physical therapy.
Students spend two years at Lebanon Valley College taking required courses in the basic
sciences and other disciplines. During the second year, application is made to Thomas
Jefferson University. Admission to Thomas Jefferson University is not automatic, and
depends upon the academic record, recommendations and an interview. If accepted, the
student spends two years (three years for physical therapy) at Thomas Jefferson University
taking professional and clinical courses. Upon successful completion of the program, the
student is awarded a baccalaureate degree (or master's, for physical therapy) by Thomas
Jefferson University.
Engineering
In the cooperative "3+2" engineering program a student earns a B.S. degree from Lebanon
Valley College and a B.S. degree in one of the fields of engineering from another institution.
Students may study engineering at any accredited engineering school. To assist the student,
Lebanon Valley has special cooperative agreements with Case Western Reserve University,
Cleveland, Ohio; University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia; and Widener University, Chester,
Pa. Students who pursue this cooperative engineering program take three years of work at
Lebanon Valley College and then usually take two additional years of work in engineering.
Forestry- and Environmental Studies
Students completing a three-year program at Lebanon Valley College studying the liberal
arts and the sciences basic to forestry and environmental sciences may apply for admission
to the cooperative forestry and environmental studies program with Duke University, School
of the Environment, Durham, N.C. Upon completion of the first year of the two-year (plus
one summer) program at Duke University, the student will receive the Bachelor of Science
degree from Lebanon Valley College. After completion of the program at Duke, the student
will receive the professional degree of Master of Forestry (M.F.) or Master of Environmental
Management (M.E.M.) from Duke University. Students may major in biology, economics,
political science, or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College.
Program Requirements:
Students interested in pursuing career preparation in forestry or in environmental studies
through the cooperative program ("3+2") with Duke University may major in biology,
economics, political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley. All such students shall take
BIO 1 1 1 , 1 12, 302; ECN 101 , 102; MAS 161 or 1 1 1; MAS 170, regardless of major, and shall
meet the general requirements of the college.
24
Medical Technology (Clinical Laboratory Science)
The student spends three years at Lebanon Valley College taking courses to fulfill the
requirements of the college and of the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory
Sciences. Before or during the third year of the program, the student applies to a hospital with
a CAHEA approved school of medical technology where he/she spends the fourth year in
training. Admission is not automatic and depends upon the academic record, recommenda-
tions and an interview. Upon satisfactorily completing the clinical year, the student is
awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology by Lebanon Valley
College. The college is affiliated with the following hospitals: Sacred Heart Hospital (in
Allentown), Polyclinic Hospital of Harrisburg, Jersey Shore Medical Center, Lancaster
General Hospital, and Reading Hospital and Medical Center. However, the student is not
limited to these affiliations and may seek acceptance at other approved hospitals.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology
Major: BIO 1 1 1 , 11 2, 306, 322, eight additional credits in biology; CHM 111,112,113,114,
213,214,215,216;PHY 103, 104;MAS 170(51 credits).Thesenioryearisspent off-campus
at an accredited hospital school of medical technology. It is the student's responsibility to
apply and become accepted into a hospital program. Thirty (30) semester hours of credit are
awarded for the successful completion of this year.
P re-Professional Programs
Pre-Law Program
Although there is no pre-law major or department, a pre-law student is advised to take certain
[courses which will help prepare him or her for law school and a legal career. Each student
|should confer with the pre-law adviser in selecting a specific pattern of courses appropriate
o that student's objectives. Generally recommended courses are as follows: ACT 161; BUS
71,372; ECN 101, 102; PSC HI, 112, 315, 316, and 415.
^re-Medical, Pre-Dentistjy, P re-Veterinary
.ebanon Valley College offers pre-professional preparation in the medical (medicine.
)Steopathy, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, chiropractic and dentistry) and veterinary fields.
Students interested in one of these careers usually follow a science curriculum with a major
|n biochemistry, biology, chemistry or psychobiology.
n addition to the basic natural sciences suited to advanced professional study, the student
vho is interested in veterinary medicine may participate in a cooperative program between
he college and local veterinarians, specializing in both small and large animal medicine,
students not only receive credit for the work, but also gain valuable experience in the field.
\ health professions committee coordinates the various plans of study in addition to offering
idvice and assistance to those persons interested in health professions careers.
25
Lebanon Valley College graduates have been admitted to some of the nation's finest schools
including Johns Hopkins University Medical School, The University of Pennsylvania, The
University of Pittsburgh, Jefferson Medical School, The Milton S. Hershey Medical Center,
Temple University, The University of Maryland, The Philadelphia College of Osteopathic
Medicine, The Pennsylvania College of Podiatric Medicine and the Pennsylvania College of
Optometry.
Individualized Major
The option of an individualized major is available to students who desire a field of
concentration which is not substantially addressed by any one department. The faculty
represents a diverse set of interests and perspectives that provides a considerable resource for
those students who would like to develop a major around concerns that do not fall into
traditional disciplinary areas. As a liberal arts institution, the college and its faculty are
willing to help a student develop a program of study using interdisciplinary courses.
A student planning an individualized major should prepare an application which includes
courses relevant to the topic and secure the written endorsement of at least two faculty
advisers for the proposed major which shall consist of at least 24 credits above the 100 level.
The student should submit the application to the senior vice president and dean of the faculty
for final approval. The student will work closely with the advisers. Any changes in the
program must be submitted to the dean for approval.
Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree (depending upon concentration)
with an individualized major. ^
Requirements: Those courses specified within the approved individualized major plus those w
courses to meet the general requirements of the college. "
W
General Studies Program W
The associate degree program in general studies is intended for continuing education ^
students who do not wish to concentrate in a single area. With the help of an adviser, students _
select their courses freely from among the arts, humanities, sciences, and social sciences. W
Degree: Associate of Arts or Associate of Science with amajor in General Studies. Open only _
to part-time students matriculated through the Continuing Education Office. ^
Requirements: 27 credits from the general requirements including ENG 111, 112, and one ^
course from each of the liberal studies and foreign studies areas; 33 credits of free electives; wr
a cumulative grade point average of 2.00. i^
Internships ^
An internship is a practical and professional work experience that allows students to ^
participate in the operations of business, industry, education, government, or not-for-profit ^
26 C
organizations. Internships provide students with opportunities to integrate their classroom
learning with on-the-job experiences and to test practical applications of their liberal arts
education in a variety of settings.
To be eligible for an internship sponsored by an academic department or program, a student
generally will have junior or senior standing. Students must request and receive permission
from departmental chairpersons or program directors to enroll in internships. The student
must also enlist a faculty internship supervisor from the department sponsoring the internship
and an on-site internship supervisor from the internship location. Application forms for
internships are available in the office of the registrar. The application form shall be completed
by the student and approved by the student's academic adviser, faculty internship supervisor,
on-site internship supervisor, and the department chairperson prior to registration.
For each semester hour of credit, the intern should invest at least 45 hours of time at the
internship location. Academic departments and programs establish other specific criteria and
procedures for internships. In addition to the practical on-site experience, internships have
an academic component which may include readings, reports, journals, seminars, and/or
faculty conferences. A student may enroll for 1-12 credit hours of internship during any one
semester. A student may use a maximum of 12 credit hours of internship to meet graduation
requirements. All internships have a course number of 400.
Independent Study
Independent study provides an opportunity to undertake a program of supervised reading,
research, or creative work not incorporated in existing formal courses. The independent study
Should result in a formal document. Independent study shall not be used to approximate an
xisting course or to cover projects more properly described as internships. Junior or senior
tanding and a minimum GPA of 2.00 are required.
|For one semester hour of credit, the independent study student should invest at least 45 clock
ours of time in reading, research, or report writing. The independent study involves a
ontract between the student and the faculty member (contract instructor) who will oversee
he study. Written application forms regarding the independent study are available in the
ffice of the registrar. The forms must be completed by the student and approved by the
tudent's faculty adviser, the contract instructor and the department chairperson.
tudents may enroll in a maximum of three credit hours per independent study in any one
^emester. A maximum of six credit hours in independent study may be used toward the
;raduation requirements. All independent studies have a course number of 500.
Tutorial Study
utorial study provides students with a special opportunity to take an existing formal course
In the curricula that is not scheduled that semester or summer session. Students desiring a
utorial study must have an appropriate member of the faculty agree to supervise the study
)n a one-on-one basis.
27
For one semester hour of credit, the student should invest at least 45 clock hours of time in
the tutorial study. The tutorial study essentially involves a contract between the student and
the faculty adviser. The typical tutorial study involves readings, research, report writing,
faculty conferences, and examinations. All tutorial study courses have the same course
number as the existing formal catalog course.
Special Topics Courses
From time to time, departments may offer Special Topics courses using the following course
numbers: 290-298, 390-398, 490^98 and 590. Special Topics courses are formal courses
that are not listed permanently in the curricula and that are offered infrequently. These
courses examine comparatively narrow subjects that may be topical or special interest.
Several different topics may be taught in one semester or academic year. A specific course
title shall be used in each instance and shall be so noted on the student record.
Study Abroad
Students have the opportunity to study abroad in England, Australia, Greece, Germany,
Spain, France, Denmark, and Hong Kong at the same cost as Lebanon Valley. Affiliation
agreements are in effect with Regent's College in London, Anglia Polytechnic University in
Cambridge, Lancaster University in northern England, the Athens Centre in Greece, and the
Chinese University in Hong Kong. In addition, a consortium consisting of Allegheny
College, Gettysburg College and Lebanon Valley College sponsors a program in Cologne,
Germany, and Lebanon Valley has also established direct programs with the Universite de
Montpellier, France, and the Universidad de Salamanca, Spain. Opportunities to study in
Australia include programs at Wollongong University just south of Sydney and Monash
University in Melbourne, through World Study. DIS in Denmark offers students the chance
to study at the University of Copenhagen. Although special programs for music and
elementary education majors are in place at Anglia Polytechnic, all majors can study abroad
and earn credits towards graduation. Except for the Germany, France, and Spain programs,
no foreign language is required, and in Greece and Denmark, students will have the
opportunity to take beginner level language classes, while taking other courses in English.
In all cases, the proposed course of study must be approved by the appropriate department.
See In-Absentia on page 12.
Washington Semester Program
Juniors and seniors in any major field, who have at least a 2.5 grade point average and have
had basic courses in American national government, are eligible to participate in this program
with approval of their department chairperson. This program is offered in cooperation with
The American University in Washington, D.C. Information is available from the chairperson
of the Department of Political Science and Economics. See In-Absentia on page 12.
28
UNDERGRADUATE DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS
DEPARTMENT OF ART
The Art Department enriches students' understanding of their visual environment using such
methods as formal analysis of actual art objects, research of art historical problems, and
hands-on exercises with two- and three-dimensional materials. In addition to working in
classroom and studio settings, students learn from structured visits to the Suzanne H. Arnold
Art Gallery and field trips to regional and national museums. Through the minor in art, the
department offers students the opportunity to develop skills that will serve them in their major
field: creativity, analysis, research, and communication.
Art Program
Degree Requirements:
No major is offered in art.
Minor: ART 1 10, 121, 201, 203, one elective course in art (15 credits).
Courses in Art (ART):
110. Introduction to Art. An exploration of meaning in the visual arts. The subject is
approached through discussions of perception, the aesthetic experience, and form/content
analyses of painting, sculpture, and architecture. 3 credits.
121. Drawing I. An introduction of the fundamentals of drawing. Students will practice
seeing and rendering the contour line, the gestural line, mass and volume, texture, negative
space and linear relationships. A variety of drawing media will be explored. 3 credits.
1122. Drawing 11. An introduction to advanced drawing skills. Students will practice and
Improve the fundamental drawing skills emphasized in Drawing I. Students learn to shift their
ttention from the isolated object to the whole image, focusing on the creation of three-
imensional space in a fully realized composition. The figure and the landscape will serve
is the subjects. Toward the end of the semester color will be introduced. Prerequisite: ART
121 or permission. 3 credits.
101. Art History 1. Prehistoric through Medieval Art. A survey of painting, sculpture and
irchitecture beginning with prehistoric sites in Europe and the Near East, followed by studies
)f ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece, Rome, Europe in the Middle Ages, and Non-
kVestern art. 3 credits.
103. Art History II. Renaissance to 20th century. A survey of individual masters and their
najor schools, the course covers the period from the close of the medieval era to the modem
lay and includes stylistic analyses and historical contexts for painting, sculpture, and
irchitecture of each period. 3 credits.
W5. American Art History. An examination of the architecture, painting, sculpture, and the
iecorative arts from the colonial period to the present day. 3 credits.
29
401. Art in the Elementary School. Introduction to creative art activity for children in
elementary school. Topics covered include philosophical concepts, curriculum, evaluation
and studio activity involving a variety of art media, techniques, and processes. 3 credits.
Faculty
Leslie E. Bowen, lecturer in art, convener/administrator of the department.
M.F.A., Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts.
Bowen' s expertise is in painting and drawing. Due to her love of art history, she particularly
enjoys teaching Introduction to Art to non-art students, broadening their experience to
include a greater understanding and appreciation of the arts.
Patricia Fay, assistant professor of art.
M.FA., University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Fay's passion for the traditional pottery practices of the West Indies helped her to win a
Fulbright Fellowship for a year's study in St. Lucia. She is also an accomplished artist who
teaches Ceramics, Introduction to Art, and Non-Western Art and Culture.
G. Daniel Massad, artist-in-residence.
M.F.A., University of Kansas.
Massad is a nationally recognized pastel painter of still lifes, whose works are included in
such distinguished collections as the Metropolitan Museum of Art and the Philadelphia
Museum of Art. Students will have a rare chance to study pastel painting with this acclaimed
artist.
Ellen Nicholas, adjunct instructor in art.
B.S., Kutztown State University.
Nicholas is committed to integrating art into the general elementary school curriculum as a
way of exploring ideas and solving problems in all subjects. She teaches Art in the
Elementary School.
Marie Riegle, adjunct instructor in art.
M.F.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Riegle, who teaches Drawing I and Introduction to Art, is an artist and award-winning writer
of literature for young people. She is also interested in gardening and science, and is working
with the biology department to develop a course on botanical illustration.
R. Gordon Wise, adjunct professor of art.
Ecl.D., University of Missouri.
Wise is an artist who has dedicated his career to training art educators. He teaches Art in the
Elementary School.
c:
c
30
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Biology Program
The goal of the Biology Department is to produce graduates who are well-versed in the
principles and techniques of biology, have the intellectual training to investigate novel
concepts, have the ability to learn independently, interpret and articulate clearly their
findings, possess the highest scholarly standards of the discipline, and maintain honest
academic conduct.
The Biology Department curriculum (1) employes the underlying principles of biology and
requires a background in the supporting disciplines, (2) requires the application of the
scientific method in the laboratory or field, (3) integrates informational retrieval, the
synthesis of ideas into a coherent whole, and the communication of research findings, and (4)
prepares students for graduate, professional, and technical fields.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biology.
Major: BIO 111, 1 12, 201 , 499; one course each in the general areas of physiology, cellular
and subcellular biology, botany, and morphology, and four additional hours of biology (33
credits).CHMlll,112, 113, 114,213,214,215,216(16credits);PHY103,104orlll.ll2:
MAS 161 or 1 1 1 (61-63 total credits).
Minor: BIO 101, 102, or BIO 111, 112; plus four additional courses in biology (24 total credits).
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in biology must
take BIO 3 1 2, 360 and 2 1 credits in education courses including EDU 1 1 and SED 420, 430
and 440.
Courses in Biology (BIO):
BIO 1 1 1 and 1 12 are prerequisite for all upper-level courses in biology unless otherwise
loted.
101. Human Biology. The human organism is utilized as the primary focus to elucidate
Dhysiological principles for non-science majors. Topics include nutrition, homeostasis,
Tiajor organ systems, immunity, and exercise physiology. Laboratory exercises include
ensory physiology, respiration, blood pressure, exercise physiology, and ECG. 4 credits.
'02. Human Heredity. This course is intended for the non-science major. Although the
lajor emphasis of this course is on the inheritance of traits in humans, topics ranging from
)asic cell reproduction through gamete production and early stages are also covered.
'lassical genetics, in both humans and other organisms, including both chromosomal and
5ene genetics, as well as population genetics, molecular genetics and application of genetics
[o biotechnology and genetic engineering are discussed. The laboratory is intended to give
jhe student "hands-on" experience in making observations, performing experiments, and
'orking with scientific equipment. Topics to be covered in the laboratory include studying
31
prepared slides, performing genetic crosses, activating genes in bacteria, isolating DNA and
learning about DNA fingerprinting. 4 credits. ^-«
103. Environmental Science. Designed for non-science majors, the course serves as an
introduction to ecological principles and their applications to understanding the causes and >^
current status of environmental problems. Options for dealing with these problems are f^
evaluated. Possible topics for discussion are overpopulation, food and water resources, ozone "^
depletion, global warming, deforestation, acid rain, biodiversity, erosion, loss of wetlands, w«
energy sources, pollution, eutrophication and waste disposal. Laboratory exercises are r^
designed to illustrate ecological concepts presented in lecture. 4 credits.
111. General Biology I. A rigorous study of basic biological principles, which is designed <*►-"
for science majors. Topics emphasized include cell biology, genetics, taxonomy, histology, "^
and evolution. Laboratory exercises include enzyme kinetics, carbohydrate analysis, isola- ^
tion and identification of plant pigments, histological techniques, and animal taxonomy. ^
4 credits. ^
112. General Biology II. This course, also rigorous and designed for science majors, covers /^~
concepts in physiology, embryology, botany and ecology. Laboratory exercises include ^
shark anatomy, invertebrate dissection, animal development, plant development in angio- s^
sperms, and stomate response to environmental changes. Prerequisite: BIO 111 or permission. ^~
4 credits. "*"
r^
'^
201. Genetics. A study of the principles, mechanisms and concepts of classical and molecular '-^
genetics. The laboratory stresses key concepts of genetics utilizing both classical and ^^
molecular approaches. Laboratory exercises include analysis of nucleic acids, genetic >-,
crosses, and studies of bacteria, bacteriophages and plasmids. Prerequisites: one year of --^
chemistry or permission. 4 credits. '*'
227. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. The comparative anatomy of vertebrates with r^
emphasis on the evolutionary relationships among the various lines of vertebrates. Intensive ^^
laboratory work involves dissections and demonstrations of representative vertebrates. .»
4 credits. ^
302. Plant Diversity. The development and diversity of fungi, algae and land plants and the w^
relationships between them. Field and laboratory work familiarizes the student with the .^—
structure of algae and plants and with the identification of flowering plants in the local flora. "^
Prerequisite: BIO 1 12 or permission. 4 credits. >^
304. Developmental Biology. An organismal and molecular approach to the study of animal ^
development using typical invertebrate and vertebrate organisms. The laboratory includes CT
the study of slides as well as experiments on fertilization, regeneration and metamorphosis. ,— ^
4 credits. ^
305. Cell and Tissue Biology. A study of cell ultrastructure and the microscopic anatomy /-^
32 C^'
of vertebrate tissues, including tiie structure and function of membranes and organelles, cell
motility and excitability, and vertebrate tissue similarities and specialization in relation to
function. Laboratory includes the preparation and staining of sections using selected
histochemical and histological procedures as well as a variety of microscopic techniques. 4
credits.
306. Microbiology. A study of the morphology, physiology, and biochemistry of represen-
tative microorganisms. The laboratory emphasizes basic bacteriological techniques and
procedures. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits.
307. Plant Physiology. A study of the functioning of plants, with emphasis on vascular plants.
Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits.
312. Ecology I . An examination of the basic concepts of ecology with extensive laboratory
work and field experiences in freshwater, marine, and terrestrial ecosystems. Prerequisites:
BIO 1 12 or permission. 4 credits.
322. Animal Physiology. A study of the principles of vertebrate body function, with emphasis
on the mechanisms by which cells and organs perform their functions and the interactions of
the various organs in maintaining total body function. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 12 and one
semester of chemistry, or permission. 4 credits.
323. Introduction to Immunology. An introduction to the anatomical, physiological, and
biochemical factors underlying the immune response. The course begins with a discussion
jof non-specific immunity, cellular immunity, and antibody-mediated immune responses.
he course then moves into a study of contemporary immunological topics which are
iscussed with respect to major research papers in each area. Topics include autoimmunity,
istocompatibility, immunogenetics, and acquired immune deficiencies. Prerequisites: BIO
111,112 and CHM 1 1 1 , 1 1 3 or equivalent or permission. 3 credits.
^60. The Teaching of Biology in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students seeking
certification to teach biology in secondary education. Responsibilities include assisting in the
)reparation of materials and equipment for lab; supervision of lab work; and preparation,
idministration, and evaluation of quizzes and lab tests. Prerequisite: permission of the
instructor. 1 credit.
\402. Invertebrate Zoology. A study of most of the major invertebrate phyla, concentrating
n movement, metabolism, information and control, reproduction and association between
nimals. 4 credits.
W4. Electron Microscopy. An introduction to the use of techniques for scanning and
ransmission electron microscopic studies. Through laboratory experience the students w ill
earn the proper use, application, and limitations of the appropriate instruments. Prerequisite:
BIO 305 or permission of instructor. 4 credits.
33
409. Ecology II. An intensive study of ecological processes emphasizing the quantitative
aspects of ecology at the population and community levels. Prerequisite: permission of the ^
instructor. 4 credits. r-
499. Seminar. Each senior student is required to do independent library research on an ^
assigned topic and to make an oral presentation to the biology faculty and students. This r-
course may be repeated. 1 or 2 credits.
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Program '^^
The Biology Department offers a biochemistry program in conjunction with the Chemistry ^
Department, described on page 48. The major in biochemistry is an interdisciplinary program '-
that provides an opportunity for interested students to engage in a comprehensive study of '^
the chemical basis of biological processes. It is designed to prepare students for advanced ^
study in medical, dental, and other professional schools, for graduate programs in a variety —
of subjects including biochemistry, clinical chemistry, pharmacology, molecular biology, '^
genetics, microbiology, and physiology, and for research positions in industrial, academic, ^
and government laboratories. --
r
Degree Requirements: ^
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biochemistry. ^
Mo/or.- BIO 111,112,201;CHM 111, 112, 113, 114,213,214,215,216;BCH401, 421, 422, 7
430, 499; MAS 161 ; PHY 103, 104 or 1 1 1 , 1 12 (5 1 credits); nine credits from BIO 305, 306, ^
307,322, 323,404andCHM305, 306, 307, 308, 311. ^
Courses in Biochemistry (BCH): ^^
401. Molecular Biology. Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular level in ^
prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. Recombinant DNA techniques (genetic engineering) ^
and gene sequencing are covered in detail. Prerequisite: Three semesters of chemistry and ^
BIO 201 or permission of the instructor. 4 credits. '^
421,422. Biochemistry I, II. The study of the chemistry of proteins, lipids, and carbohy- "^
drates. Topics covered include amino acid chemistry, protein structure, molecular weight ^
determination, ligand binding, enzyme kinetics, enzyme and coenzyme mechanisms, mem- ^
brane systems, membrane transport, intermediary metabolism, metabolic control, electron
transport, and oxidative phosphorylation. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216 and 3 12 or permis- C.
sion. 3 credits per semester. ^^^
430. Biochemistry Laboratory. Investigations of the properties of proteins, nucleic acids, ^
carbohydrates, and lipids. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216. 1 credit. m^
499. Biochemistry Seminar. Readings, discussions, and reports on special topics in bio- ^^
chemistry. 1 credit. ^
34
Psychobiology Program
The major in psychobiology is offered jointly by the Departments of Biology and Psychol-
ogy, described on pages 31 and 1 10. This interdisciplinary major emphasizes the physiological
substrates and consequences of behavior. Consisting of a combination of psychology and
biology course work, the program prepares students for graduate study in medicine,
veterinary medicine, graduate programs in psychology, animal behavior, physiological
psychology, psychopharmacology, behavior genetics, and neuroscience, as well as research
positions in industry, universities, hospitals, and government laboratories.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychobiology.
Major: BIO 1 11, 1 12, 201, 322 ( 16 credits); PSY 1 10, 335, 358 plus two courses from the
following: PSY 2 1 0, 2 16, 355, 356, 43 1 ( 1 6 credits); PSY 49 1 or BIO 49 1 , BIO 499 or PBI
499,BIO500orPSY500(8credits);CHMlll,112, 113, 114(8credits);MAS161andCSC
125 or 170 (6 credits); plus 8 additional credits in the sciences in consultation with adviser.
Recommended CHM 213, 214, 215, 216, PHY 103, 104 or 1 1 1, 1 12. 62 total credits.
Courses in Psychobiology (PBI):
358. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying behavior
processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception,
learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors and motivation and emotion. The laboratory
portion of the course includes sheep brain dissection. Prerequisite: PSY 110, 210 or
permission; completion of a biology course is recommended. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as
Psychology 358.}
199. Psychobiology Seminar. Readings, discussions, and reports on selected topics in
)sychobiology. Prerequisite: permission. This course may be repeated. 1 credit.
Faciilt}'
[ichael A. Camann, assistant professor of biology.
^h.D., University of Georgia.
le teaches evolution, animal behavior and general biology. He also supervises the senior
seminar and coordinates the general biology laboratories. His research interests include
landscape ecology, forest entomology and ecological modeling.
Dale J. Erskine, professor of biology.
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma.
He teaches animal physiology, introduction to immunology, human biology, psychobiology.
and participates in general biology. He believes in introducing his students to a w ide range
3f laboratory experiences including modem instrumentation and computer-assisted data
ollection. His research interests are in temperature regulation and thermal tolerance, heat
energy budgets, and computer analysis and simulation of animal-environment interactions.
He is also director of the Summer Youth Scholars Institute.
35
Sidney Pollack, professor of biology.
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
He teaches courses in genetics, microbiology, human biology, and general biology. He is the
academic adviser for students preparing for the alhed health professions. His research
interests include Paramecium genetics.
Susan Verhoek, professor of biology.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
She teaches plant form and function at the general biology level, and form, interrelationships
and systematics of non-vascular and vascular plants at the advanced level. Her research is
on the pollination biology and systematics of members of the Agave family. A past president
of the Society for Economic Botany, she has a long-standing interest in the interactions of
plants and humans, and, as author of a field identification book, a continuing interest in plants
that flower in the spring.
Stephen E. Williams, professor of biology.
Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis.
He teaches molecular biology, plant physiology and the biochemical portions of general
biology. He is a plant and cell physiologist who, working together with Lebanon Valley
College students and scientists at other institutions, has made most of the major contributions
to the understanding of the physiology of carnivorous plants during the past 20 years,
including the discovery of the mechanism of Venus flytrap closure. He has over six years of
experience automating laboratory instruments with microcomputers. He is regularly a
faculty member at Cornell University during the summer session.
Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
He teaches courses in general biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy, ecology and
environmental science. His research interests focus on the ecology of wetlands with
particular emphasis on saltmarshes of Eastern United States and methane production in
freshwater marshes. He also holds the position of adjunct professor of marine biology in the
Graduate College of Marine Studies, University of Delaware.
Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology.
Ph.D., University of Vermont.
He teaches comparative histology, developmental biology, invertebrate zoology, electron
microscopy, general biology, and parasitology, and directs independent study in cell biology
using electron microscopic and histological techniques. His current research utilizes the brine
shrimp, Artemia, to study the cell and tissue levels of organization of the digestive,
reproductive, and neurosensory systems.
Anna F. Tilberg, adjunct instructor in biology.
B.A., University of Pennsylvania.
She is on the staff of the Milton Hershey Medical Center and teaches human biology.
36
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The Department of Business Administration offers programs leading to the bachelor of
science degree in accounting, business, health care management, hotel management and
international business. The department also offers minors in accounting, business and hotel
management. The programs are designed to provide students with a sound, integrated
knowledge of accounting, business, economics and communications as well as related
courses from supporting disciplines. All programs are enhanced by the liberal arts core
required of all Lebanon Valley College students, and by the extensive application of
computers in relevant courses. This interdisciplinary knowledge base is essential for
assuming leadership positions in the changing world of the 1990s and beyond.
Business students complete a common body of knowledge in close conformity with the
national standards for the study of business administration as recommended by the American
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. A 36-hour core is required of all department
majors to ensure a strong, comprehensive background in business fundamentals. As a result,
our graduates are well prepared for business careers and graduate schools.
Accounting Program
The program in accounting offers the bachelor of science degree in accounting. Majors
receive an excellent foundation for seeking professional certification as a C.P.A. or CM. A.
The accounting curriculum prepares the student for careers in public accounting, governmen-
tal, industry, or finance.
The curriculum includes an array of introductory, intermediate, and advanced accounting
topics integrated with courses in business and other supporting fields.
The 24 credit hours for the minor in accounting supply the minimum accounting background
to sit for the C.P.A. exam.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in accounting.
Major. Business core which includes ACT 151, 152; ECN 101, 102: ENG 210; MAS 170;
BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485; ACT 251, 252, 353; nine credit hours in accounting
lectives; BUS 322 (57 credits).
Minor. ACT 151, 152, 251, 252, 353, six credit hours of accounting electives; CSC 125 (24
redits).
Courses in Accounting (ACT):
151. Principles of Accounting I. Fundamental principles and concepts of accounting
ncompassing business transactions, the accounting cycle, and classified financial state-
hients including discussion of various topics relating to balance sheet and income statement
Items. For accounting majors. Credit not awarded for both ACT 1 5 1 and ACT 161.3 credits.
37
152. Principles of Accounting II. A continuation of Principles of Accounting I focusing
upon accounting concepts, partnerships, and business transactions related to corporate
liabilities, equity, and investments. Includes basic financial analysis. For accounting majors.
Prerequisite: ACT 151 or ACT 161 with minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits.
161. Financial Accounting. Basic concepts of accounting including accounting for business
transactions, preparation and use of financial statements, and measurement of owners'
equity. An introductory course for non-accounting majors. Credit not awarded for both ACT
151 and ACT 161. 3 credits.
162. Managerial Accounting. Cost-volume-profit relationships, cost analysis, business
segment contribution, profit planning and budgeting as a basis for managerial decision
making. Prerequisite: ACT 151 or 161 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits.
251. Intermediate Accounting 1. Study of the theory and development of generally accepted
accounting principles as they relate to financial reporting; the application of these principles
to the preparation of financial statements; special emphasis on revenue recognition as well
as valuation, classification and disclosure of current assets 3 credits.
252. Intermediate Accounting II. An analysis of financial statements, effects of errors and
changes on statements, preparation of funds flow statement, and valuation problems, in
accounting for leases and pensions and stockholder's equity. Prerequisite: ACT 251 with a
minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits.
253. Intermediate Accounting III. Analysis of more specialized financialaccounting topics
including pension plans, post-retirement benefits, leases, income taxes, accounting charges,
cash flow statement, financial statement analysis, and changing prices. Computer compo-
nent. Strongly recommended for accounting majors. Highly recommended for accounting
majors. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits.
357. Advanced Accounting. Study of theory and standards with application to income
presentation, interim reporting, and per-share disclosures. Emphasis on business combina-
tions and consolidated financial presentations. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits.
352. Governmental and Non-Profit Accounting. Basic concepts of fund and budgetary
accounting used for financial activities of governmental units and other not-for-profit
organizations. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits.
353. Cost Accounting. Analysis and use of techniques for cost management and control; the
accumulation and recording of the costs including job-order, process and standard cost
systems, the joint and by-product costing; contemporary topics such as activity based costing
and just-in-time manufacturing. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits.
400. Internship. Field accounting or auditing experience in a business, government or other
organization. Alternatively, participation in the Practicum in Accounting, a campus program
38
performing accounting services with participating area businesses. Ordinarily open to junior
and senior accounting majors. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.75 or higher in major and permission
of department chair. 1-15 credits.
451. Individual Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to
individuals; case problems, preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits.
452. Corporate Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to
corporations, partnerships and fiduciaries; case preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT
45 1 . 3 credits.
455. Auditing. A study of the process of evaluation of internal controls and interpretation of
financial information to permit an auditor to express a professional opinion on financial
reports. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits.
500. Independent Study. A course to allow the student to investigate an accounting subject
not incorporated into the curriculum. Ordinarily for juniors and seniors only. By permission
of the department chair. 1 - 6 credits.
Business Program
This popular program offers the bachelor of science degree in business. This major is
designed to prepare the student for a variety of entry-level and middle-management positions
in industry, government, and service organizations.
The business curriculum conforms closely to the national common body of knowledge
recommended by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Businesses and provides
a solid background in the fundamentals of business. Majors select a concentration from three
possible areas: human resource management, management, or marketing to specialize
beyond the departmental core.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in business.
Major: Business core which includes ECN 101, 102; ACT 161, 162; MAS 170; ENG 210;
BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485; and one of the following concentrations (57 credits):
Human Resource Management - BUS 130, 322, 420, 425, 480; HIS 326; and one
ofthe following: SWK 242; PS Y 346, PS Y 431.
Management - BUS 130, 322, 380, 460, 480, 483; HIS 326.
Marketing - BUS 130, 322, 341, 364. 374. 484; HIS 326.
Minor: ACT 151 or 161; ECN 101; CSC 125; BUS 230. 340. 371; one department elective
(21 credits).
39
Courses in Business (BUS):
130. Principles of Business. An examination of the principles of business administration.
Emphasis is on understanding the nature and composition of business organizations and the ^
expectations of those preparing for entry into this field. 3 credits.
275. Health Care Finance. An examination of the financial issues of health and medical \^
care to determine how to provide the best health care to the most people in a cost-effective /
manner. Examination of the principal elements of health care, including the physician, the ^
hospital, and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence of government and the C«
insurance industry. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102. 3 credits.
230. Management and Organizations. A study of management principles, organizational (^
theory, and administrative techniques as applied to the effective and efficient operation of ^
both profit and nonprofit organizations. Emphasizes the organization's structure, leadership, ^^
interpersonal relationships, and managerial functions. 3 credits. C^
322. Quantitative Methods. An introduction to some of the quantitative methods used in
modem management science and economics. Topics include probability concepts, forecast- C^
ing, decision theory, linear programming, queuing theory, network models, and Markov ^
analysis. Prerequisites: MAS 170 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. ^^
c
340. Principles of Marketing. An overview of marketing from the management perspective. ^
Topics include marketing strategies; marketing research; consumer behavior; selecting
target markets; developing, pricing, distributing, and promoting products and services and (^
non-profit marketing. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission. 3 credits. ^
341. Consumer & Business Buying Behavior. Analysis of factors affecting purchase w
decisions in the marketplace; application of behavioral and social science concepts to the ^
study of consumer behavior. Emphasis on use of knowledge of consumer behavior for ""^
marketing decisions. Prerequisite: BUS 230 and 340, or permission. 3 credits. O
r*
350. Organizational Behavior. A detailed study of theories and models of organizational "^
behavior and development, with emphasis on the practical application of these models in the O
workplace to improve individual, group, and organizational performance. Prerequisite:
junior standing and BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits.
c
c
r
361. Managerial Finance. A study of financial management covering analysis of asset,
hability and capital relationships and operations; management of current assets and working
capital; capital planning and budgeting; capital structure and dividend policy; short and
intermediate term financing; internal and external long term financing; and other financial ^
topics. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162; ECN 101, 102. 3 credits.
362. Investments. An analysis of investment and its relation to other economic, legal, and ^
social institutions. The course includes discussion of investment principles, machinery,
policy, management investment types, and the development of portfolios for individuals and C
c
institutions. Prerequisite: BUS 361. 3 credits.
364. Advertising. The role advertising plays in American life and its effect upon consumer
behavior. Analysis of media strategies, functions of advertising agencies, creation of
successful advertisements, and the legal and ethical restraints on advertising. Prerequisite:
BUS 340. 3 credits.
371. Business Law I. Elementary principles of law relating to the field of business. The
course covers contracts, government regulation of business, consumer protection, bank-
ruptcy, personal property, real estate, bailments, insurance and estates. 3 credits.
372. Business Law IL Elementary principles of law relating to business. Includes agency,
employment, commercial paper, security devices, insurance, partnerships, corporation,
estates, bankruptcy. 3 credits.
374. Personal Selling and Sales Management. The study of personal selling as a
communication process, and the management of the personal selling force. Emphasis is
placed upon the development, implementation, and evaluation of the sales presentation; and
upon the role of the sales manager in staffing, compensating, motivating, controlling, and
evaluating the sales force. Effective oral and written communication is stressed. Prerequi-
site: BUS 340 or permission. 3 credits.
376. International Business Management. Studies management techniques and procedures
in international and multinational organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 230. 340. 3 credits.
380. Small Business Management. A study of small business, including organization,
staffing, production, marketing, and profit planning. Cases are used extensively in presenting
the course material. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162; BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits.
400. Internship. Field experience in a business, government, or organization Ordinarily for
juniors and seniors, only. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.75 in major and permission of department
chair. 1-15 credits.
420. Human Resource Management. This course examines the problems in effectively
recruiting, selecting, training, developing, compensating, and disciplining human resources.
It includes discussions on both equal employment opportunity and labor-management
relations. Prerequisite: BUS 230 or permission. 3 credits.
425. Labor Management Relations. Emphasizes origin, growth, and development of labor
organizations and their impact on management practices. Topics include legislation affecting
industrial relations; collective bargaining; contract administration; industrial jurisprudence;
and arbitration. Prerequisite: BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits.
460. Management Information Systems. Examines data sources and the role of information
in management planning, operations, and control in various types of business environments.
41
Treats information as a key organization resource parallel to people, money, materials, and /
technology. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162; BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits.
483. Operations Management. An overview of the production/operations management r
function as applied to both manufacturing and service organizations. It provides a back- '^
ground of the concepts and processes used in the production/service operations area. C^
Integrated throughout are considerations of the information systems, the people involved, the <
quantitative techniques employed, and the international implications. Prerequisite: BUS 230, ^
'ill, or permission. 3 credits. ^
484. Marketing Research. This course is an introduction to the methodology of marketing "^
research. Specific topics covered include problem formulation, research design, sample ^
design, data collection, analysis and interpretation of data, and presentation of research <
findings. Prerequisite: MAS 170; BUS 230, 340. 3 credits. "^
>^
485. Strategic Management. A capstone course to study administrative processes under ^
conditions of uncertainty, integrating prior studies in management, accounting, and econom- ^^
ics. Uses case method and computer simulation. Prerequisites: BUS 230, 340, 361 and senior O
standing, or permission. 3 credits. ^
487. Health Care Management. A capstone course to study the administrative processes of O-
America's health care industry including institutional infra-structure, governance systems, ^
financial systems, personnel systems, quality controls, nursing and clinical services, and
marketing. The course integrates prior study in health care, management, accounting, and O
economics. Students will develop problem solving skills and an appropriate management <^
style. Prerequisite: senior standing or permission. 3 credits.
500. Independent Study. A course to allow the student to investigate a management subject /^
not incorporated into the curriculum. Ordinarily for juniors and seniors, only. By permission ^*'
of the department chair. 1 - 6 credits. ^
r^
Health Care Management Program ^
The major in health care management is designed for people in health care fields who possess '^-^
an associate degree or diploma and professional certification. These qualifications are
required for admission to the program. The program combines studies in the liberal arts and
management, plus business practices common to the health care industry.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health care management.
Major: Health Care Management/Business core: ACT 161, 162; BUS 215, 230, 487; ECN
101, 102; ENG 111, 210; PHL 360; SOC 324; 12-15 credits in sociology, psychology, or
other disciplines approved by the director of continuing education (at least six credits in
courses at the 200 level or higher); and any four of the following courses (12 credits): BUS
322, 340, 350, 361, 371, 372, 384, 420, 425, 480, 484; MAS 170(60-63 total).
42
Admission to this degree program is open only to adults who have completed successfully
an accredited diploma or associate degree program also with certification by a state
governmental agency or a national professional accrediting organization in the following
fields: Clinical Medical Assistant, Cytotechnologist, Dental Hygienist, Emergency Medical
Technician, Medical Laboratory Technician, Nuclear Medicine Technologist, Occupational
Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapy Assistant, Radiologic Technologist, Registered Nurse,
Respiratory Therapist.
Hotel Management Program
The hotel management program offers the bachelor of science degree in hotel management.
The major is designed to prepare students for entry and middle management positions in the
rapidly expanding hotel industry. Graduates of this program find positions in the hotel
industry as banquet managers, front desk managers, food and beverage managers, personnel
managers, and hotel financial analysts.
The program also offers a minor in hotel management that may be taken in conjunction with
many other majors.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in hotel management.
Major: Business core which includes ACT 161, 162; BUS 230, 340. 350, 361, 371. 485:
ECNIOI, 102; ENG 210; MAS 170; HTM 111, 112, 21 1, 222, 311, 322; and one
of the following; HTM 231, 331. 431 (57 credits).
Minor: HTM 111,112,211, 222, 23 1 , 3 1 1 ; ACT 1 6 1 (2 1 credits).
Courses in Hotel Management (HTM):
111. Introduction to the Hospitality Industry. Examines the history, development and
operation of the hospitality industry. Emphasis is on current organization problems, oppor-
tunities and trends. An overview of how the hospitality industry functions in the world
economy. Management orientation stressed. 3 credits.
112. Front Office Management. An analysis of the integrated functions of the front office
and housekeeping departments. Topics include work and information flow within and
between departments, demand forecasting, pricing strategies, reservations and control, front
desk responsibilities, guest services, emergency procedures, night auditing, and a general
introduction to the art of innkeeping. Materials, equipment and techniques involved in the
housekeeping function will also be analyzed. Prerequisite: HTM 111.3 credits.
211. Hotel Law. Fundamentals of hotel law including innkeeper laws and dramshop laws.
The case study method develops an awareness and understanding of the legal problems
confronting hotel managers. 3 credits.
221. The Psychology and Sociology of Leisure. An analysis of the fundamental psychologi-
43
cal and sociological concepts and theories related to the motivation for travel. Review of
consumer behavior in the hotel industry. Evaluating customer needs and services. Prerequi-
site: HTM 11 1 or permission. 3 credits.
222. Food and Beverage Management I. Introduction to the food and beverage functions
with emphasis on menu planning and purchasing. Includes fundamentals and language,
systems, equipment, operational responsibihties. management organizational patterns, nu-
trition, storage, and sanitation. Prerequisite: HTM 111.3 credits.
231. Supervised Field Experience: Front Office Management. Emphasizes selected
aspects of front office management. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals, and faculty
conferences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry.
Prerequisite: HTM 112 and permission. 3 credits.
311. Advanced Hotel Management. An analysis of the following aspects of hotel organiza-
tions: health, safety and security: building and grounds; equipment purchase, repair and
maintenance; facilities design; renovation and maintenance; internal controls: and energy
management. Prerequisite: HTM 112. 3 credits.
322. Food and Beverage Management II. Analysis of the food and beverage functions with
emphasis on production and services. Prerequisite: HTM 1 12. 3 credits.
331. Supervised Field Experience: Marketing. Emphasizes selected aspects of marketing
techniques and research. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals, and faculty confer-
ences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry. Prerequisite:
HTM 1 12, MGT 340 and permission. 3 credits.
431. Supervised Field Experience: Accounting and Finance. Emphasizes selected aspects
of accounting and financial management concepts and techniques. Accompanied by read-
ings, reports, journals, and faculty conferences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field
work in the hotel industry. 3 credits.
International Business Program
The program in international business provides an opportunity to integrate the study of
business with the knowledge of a foreign language, culture, and political science. It is
designed to equip students with the background and skills necessar>' to work with foreign
corporations within the United States and with American corporations abroad.
While acquiring a strong liberal arts background, students who elect this major will receive
training in accounting, management, economics and political science. They also will become
familiar with a foreign culture and will acquire proficiency in French, German or Spanish.
International business majors are required to complete an international internship or a study
abroad program. Internships must be approved by the department chairperson. Prerequisite:
junior/senior standing.
44
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in international business.
Ma/or.- Business core which includes ACT 161, 162; ECN 101, 102; ENG 210: MAS 170:
BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485; and two of the following: ECN 322, PSC 210, 130. 312:
and a minor in a foreign language.
Faculty
Donald C. Boone, associate professor of hotel management.
M.B.A., Michigan State University.
Boone has 18 years of hotel industry experience and has taught several years in hotel
management programs. He serves as coordinator of the hotel management program and
teaches courses in hotel management, financial and managerial accounting, and principles
of management. Boone has received the designation of Certified Hotel Administrator from
the Educational Institute of the AH&MA and he is a non-practicing C.P.A.
Sharon F. Clark, professor of business administration.
J.D., University ofRicJimond.
Clark has experience in private law practice and several years as a supervisory tax attorney
with the Internal Revenue Service. She serves as a management consultant to \ arious state-
wide organizations. Clark teaches courses in business law, labor relations, human resource
management and management. She is a faculty member for the M.B.A. program.
Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of business administration. Chairperson.
M.5.A., Ohio State University.
Leonard has been a management consultant for 12 years, working with o\er 100 organiza-
tions . He has received numerous state and federal training grants for his work with nonprofit
organizations . He serves as director of the college's Supervisory Management Institute. He
teaches courses in organizational behavior, management, managerial tlnance and manage-
ment information systems and is a faculty member for the M.B.A. program.
Leon E. Markowicz, professor of business administration.
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Markowicz is a communications consultant and a writer for Tlie Daily Ne^vs of Lebanon. His
research includes investigating the relationships among communications, the effectiveness
of an organization, and leadership. He teaches courses in communications.
Barney T. Raffield IH, associate professor of business administration.
Ph.D.. Union Graduate Scliool.
Raffield is working on a third edition of his textbook on marketing management and teaches
courses in marketing, strategic management, advertising, consumer behavior and interna-
tional business management. He is a faculty member for the M.B..-\. program and consults
with area businesses.
45
Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting. <-
M.B.A., Boston University.
A C.P.A.. Sanderson has professional experience in accounting, income tax, computer ^
systems analysis and design. She teaches courses in financial and managerial accounting. ^
Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, assistant professor of accounting. ^^
M.B.A., Lehigh University. ^
Vlaisavljevic has worked in the public sector as a C.P. A. for nine years. She teaches courses ^^
in auditing, governmental and non-profit accounting, and managerial accounting. >^
Sharon L. Worley, lecturer in accounting. '^
B.A., San Jose State College. ,^
Worley serves as a management consultant and has worked as a C.P.A. and controller. She <-
teaches courses in quantitative methods, financial and managerial accounting. "^
James F. Bednarski, adjunct instructor in business administration. ^
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College. ^^'
Bednarski is President of The Patriot Group, a management consulting firm concentrating in ^
strategic planning, information systems, process re-engineering and total quality manage- ^
ment. He teaches courses in management information systems. ^^
Andrea Bromberg, adjunct instructor in business administration. ^^
M.B.A., University of Montana.
Bromberg is the executive assistant to the president of Lebanon Valley and has worked as >.^
an independent management consultant. She teaches courses in management and business. ^
Nancy L. Eastwood, adjunct instructor in business administration. ^^
M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh. ^^
Eastwood has experience as a financial consultant for small businesses and a credit analyst ^^
in the banking industry. She teaches managerial finance and is an M.B.A. faculty member . ^
Donald R. Gross, adjunct instructor in business administration. ^*'
M.B.A., Boston University. C^
Gross is a Certified Financial Adviser and a self-employed financial and portfolio manager. ^
He teaches courses in managerial finance. ^
Steven Pecsok, adjunct assistant professor of business administration. ,^-.
Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. ^^
Pecsok designs software for decision making. He teaches courses in quantitative methods ^
and economics. ^
Jeff Tsai, adjunct assistant professor of business administration. _
Ph.D., Florida State University. ^
Tsai works for the Pennsylvania Bureau of Information Systems and teaches courses in
management information systems, operations management and economics. _
c
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Chemistry^ Program
Chemistry is the "central science" that provides the fundamental understanding needed for
protecting our environment, maximizing the yield from limited natural resources, improving
our health, and creating new materials for tomorrow's products. Indeed, chemistry is
essential to understanding life itself.
Career opportunities in chemistry are numerous and diverse. Many students enter industrial
or governmental laboratories where they find positions in environmental analysis, quality
control, or research and development. Possibilities outside of the laboratory include teaching,
sales, marketing, technical writing, business, and law. Many chemistry students continue
their education in graduate school in chemistry or biochemistry, or in professional schools
in the areas of medicine, dentistry, or veterinary medicine.
The Department of Chemistry is located on the upper two floors of the Garber Science Center.
Major scientific equipment available to students includes a nuclear magnetic resonance
spectrometer, a liquid scintillation counter, a fourier transform infrared spectrometer, a high
performance liquid chromatographic system, a diode-array UV-visible and Roman spectro-
photometer, a gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer, and an atomic absorption
spectrophotometer. Computers available to students in the department include 10 Power
Macintosh computers in the Molecular Modeling Laboratory.
The department encourages students to discover the excitement and challenge of laboratory
research. Research programs are conducted during both the academic year and the summer.
Students are paid for summer research either from college funds or from grants that
professors receive to support their projects.
Two degrees are available to those interested in chemistry, and one for those interested in
biochemistry. The Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is the more demanding of the two
degrees in chemistry, and is recognized by the American Chemical Society. This degree has
a required research component and is recommended for students who wish to become
practicing chemists or enroll in graduate school. Other students opt for the standard Bachelor
of Science, majoring in chemistry.
The major in biochemistry is offered jointly with the Biology Department. For the major
program and course descriptions in biochemistry, see page 34.
Degree Requirements:
Degrees: Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science with a major in chemistry.
Majors: (B.S. in Chemistry) CHM 11 1 , 112, 113, 1 14, 2 1 3, 2 14, 2 15, 2 16. 222. 305. 306. 307.
308, 31 1, 312, 321, 322, 411; six credits from CHM 491-498 or 590 or BCH 421. 422: four
credits ofCHM 510; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 1 12 (63-64 credits).
47
(B.S.. major in chemistry) CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 306, 307, ^
308,311,312, 321, 322; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112; (50-51 credits). ^
Mmor; CHM 11 1,1 12, 113, 114; 12creditsfromCHM213,214,222,305,306,31 1,312,411 ^
or BCH 421, 422; three credits from CHM 215, 216, 307, 308, 321, 322 or BCH 430. ^
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in chemistry ^
must take CHM 360 and 21 credits education courses including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 ^
and 440. C
Courses in Chemistry (CHM): "^
100. Introduction to Chemistry. An introduction to the principles of chemistry including 'Zm
mathematical tools, atomic structure, stoichiometry, elementary concepts of equilibrium, ^
bonding, and organic chemistry. Intended for non-science majors. Laboratory experience "*
included. 4 credits. Students who have received credit for CHM 1 1 1 may not take CHM 1 00. C
f
109. Chemical Skills. A step-by-step approach to solving chemical problems. Topics ^
include the application of mathematical tools in introductory chemistry and techniques for Z,
finding the proper approach to solve problems. The course is designed to be taken ^
concurrently with CHM 111.1 credit. ^
111, 112. Principles of Chemistry I, II. An introduction to chemistry for the science major. ^
First semester topics include atomic and molecular structure, chemical reactions, calcula- ^*
tions involving chemical concentrations, gas laws, and bonding. Second semester covers ^
kinetics, acids and bases, equilibrium, oxidation-reduction chemistry, thermodynamics, ^
electrochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: one year of high school chemistry or ^*
permission. 3 credits per semester. s^
113, 114. Introductory Laboratory I, II. Laboratory courses to accompany 111 and 112. ^
Experiments cover stoichiometry, gas laws, quantitative analysis, equilibrium, electrochem- Q
istry, chemical synthesis, and the use of computers for collecting data. Students are /-^
introduced to instrumentation including infrared, UV-visible, NMR and atomic absorption ^
spectrometers. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 1 1 1 for CHM 1 13 and CHM 1 12 for CHM C-
1 14. 1 credit per semester. ^
213, 214. Organic Chemistry I, II. An introduction to the principles of organic chemistry. C
The focus of the course is on the structure of organic molecules and how the structure of /—
various functional groups affects their reactivity. The concepts of reactivity, structure and ^
mechanism are applied to organic synthesis. Prerequisite: CHM 1 12. 3 credits per semester. ,_,
275, 216. Organic Laboratory I, II. An introduction to the practice of classical organic
chemistry and modem instrumental organic chemistry. The techniques of organic synthesis ^
are taught along with instrumental methods including infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, ^
and mass spectrometry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 1 14 and CHM 213 for CHM 215 '^
and CHM 214 for CHM 216. 1 credit per semester. C
48 ^
222. Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. The application of elementary principles of
chemistry to provide a basis for understanding the physical and chemical properties of the
elements. Topics include periodicity, acidity or basicity of metal cations and oxoanions,
precipitation reactions, oxidation-reduction chemistry and the structures of solids. Prereq-
uisite: CHM 112. 3 credits.
305. Analytical Chemistry. Gravimetric, volumetric, and electro-chemical methods of
chemical analysis covered. Includes statistical methods of data treatment and rigorous
considerations of complex chemical equilibria. Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161.3 credits.
306. Instrumental Analysis. Basic types of chemical instrumentation and their applications
in analytical chemistry are examined. These include gas and liquid chromatography;
infrared, UV-VIS, fluorescence, atomic absorption, and plasma emission spectrophotom-
etry; nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry; and radiochemical methods.
Prerequisites: CHM 1 12 and MAS 161. 3 credits.
307. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory. Techniques of gravimetric, volumetric, and electro-
chemical analysis are applied to the analysis of unknowns. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM
305. 1 credit.
308. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Chemical instrumentation is utilized in analytical
method development and analysis. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 306. 1 credit.
311. Physical Chemistry I. The study of thermodynamic laws and functions, including phase
and reaction equilibria. Systems under study include ideal and real gases, ideal and non-ideal
solutions, and multi-component phase transitions. Prerequisites: CHM 1 12, MAS 161, and
PHY 104or 112. 3 credits.
312. Physical Chemistry II. The study of chemical systems from a molecular perspective.
Basic concepts of quantum chemistry and statistical theory applied to atomic and molecular
structure. Also included are electrochemistry, kinetics, and transport processes. Prerequisite:
CHM 31 1.3 credits.
321, 322. Physical Laboratory I,II. Application of chemical instrumentation to a study of the
principles of physical chemistry. Experimental work involves calorimetry, refractometry.
conductivity, viscometry, and atomic absorption, FTIR, UV-VIS. and NMR spectroscopy
applied to the study of phase and reaction equilibria, kinetics, and atomic and molecular
structure. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 31 1 for CHM 321 and CHM 312 for CHM 322.
1 credit per semester.
360. The Teaching of Chemistry in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students
seeking certification to teach chemistry in secondary education. Topics include evaluation
of laboratory experiments, demonstrations, textbooks, and computer software. Prerequisites:
CHM 112, 1 14. 3 credits.
49
411. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A study of bonding theories, molecular structure,
spectroscopy, and reaction mechanisms with special emphasis on transition metal com-
plexes. Prerequisite: CHM 312. 3 credits.
421. Chemometrics. The application of multivariate statistics to experimental design and
data analysis. Topics include experimental design, pattern recognition, calibration, optimi-
zation, signal processing and peak resolution. Some familiarity with computers and chemical
instrumentation is recommended. Prerequisite: CHM 1 12. 3 credits
510. Chemical Research. Chemical research conducted under the supervision of a faculty
member. This course introduces the students to the methods and analysis involved in
research. A major written report and an oral presentation are required. Prerequisites or
corequisites: CHM 305 and 311 and senior standing. 1 to 4 credits per semester.
Courses in Science (SCI):
100. Introduction to Science. The study of scientific principles and experiments applicable
to a person's everyday experiences. Student projects are selected from the areas of biology,
chemistry, and physics. The course is open to all students, and is appropriate for those
intending to teach elementary school. Laboratory experience included. 4 credits.
800. Science Education in the Elementary Classroom. This course is designed to promote
effective science teaching in the classroom as well as instructional leadership in science
among peers teaching in kindergarten through eighth grade. Teachers will increase their
knowledge in the life, physical, and math sciences primarily through hands-on experiences
with a variety of laboratory investigations. In addition, they will enhance their skills in the
use of scientific methodology, the identification of grade-appropriate exercises for their
students, and the applications and limitations of technology through lectures and independent
and group demonstrations.
Faculty
Richard D. Cornelius, professor of chemistry. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of Iowa; postdoctoral research, University of Wisconsin.
Inorganic chemistry. Cornelius works at the border of inorganic chemistry and biochemistry.
He has interests both in the fundamental mechanisms of phosphoryl transfer reactions and in
the development of platinum compounds that hold promise for anti-cancer activity. He and
his students synthesize new compounds containing phosphates and study the rates of
reactions of these compounds. He also has earned a national reputation for his work with
computers in chemical education.
Donald B. Dahlberg, professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., Cornell University; postdoctoral work, University of Toronto.
Physical chemistry and chemometrics. Dahlberg does research in the application of multi-
variate statistics to chemical problems. He is also an industrial consultant in this area. He is
presently studying the use of chemometrics and Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy in
the analysis of edible oils. Food manufacturers must perform dozens of expensive and time-
50
consuming analyses to guarantee the quality of their products. Through the use of modern
chemical instrumentation and sophisticated mathematical techniques, it may be possible to
replace these tests with just one.
Owen A. Moe Jr., professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., Purdue University; postdoctoral study, Cornell University.
Biochemistry. Moe is interested in applying the array of new techniques in biotechnology to
practical problems. He is currently working on the use of immobilized enzymes for the
synthesis of bio-organic compounds. Processes that he is developing are designed to use
stable, inexpensive polyphosphates for the regeneration of ATP. ATP regeneration is a
required, but currently an expensive, step in the use of enzyme reactors for organic synthesis.
Carl T. Wigal, assistant professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., Miami University, Ohio.
Organic chemistry. Wigal's research is aimed at developing new strategies for synthesizing
natural products. Of particular interest to Wigal are the synthetic and mechanistic aspects of
addition reactions to 1 ,4-quinones. He also is actively developing microscale experiments for
organic chemistry.
H. Anthony Neidig, professor and chairperson emeritus.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
Recipient of the Chemical Manufacturers' Association College Chemistry Teacher Award
in 1970 and the E. Emmet Reid Award for excellence in teaching in a small college in 1978.
Neidig' s pursuits include the development and publication of laboratory experiments for
introductory chemistry.
Cynthia R. Johnston, adjunct instructor in chemistry.
B.S., Lebanon Valley College.
Johnston is focusing her efforts on the development of science curricula for the elementary
school classroom and on instructing those studying to teach in the elementary school.
Philip J. Oles, adjunct professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts.
John L. Snyder, adjunct assistant professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., Villanova University.
Linda F. Ebright, adjunct instructor in chemistry.
M.S., University of Pittsburgh.
51
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ^
The Department of Education prepares students for both elementary and secondary teaching. ^
Post-baccalaureate certification is also available for those who wish to become elementary ■*
or secondary school teachers or for those already certified who want to add elementary or ^
secondary education to an existing certificate. Dual certification, at both the elementary and ^
secondary levels, or in more than one secondary area, is possible; however, such certification -^
requires meticulous attention to scheduling and often requires additional semesters. ^
The Education Department is intent on preparing well-rounded and qualified graduates who ^
will exercise genuinely professional and personal leadership roles in the schools and '^
communities where they will work.
Education Program '^
Degree Requirements: ^
There is no major in education. "*"
Minor: EDU 1 10, GPY 212; one of ELM 270, ELM 341, ELM 361; one of ELM 250, ELM C
332, GPY 1 1 1 ; one of EDU 346, SED 420, EDU 442; ELM 280 or SED 280, 1-3 credits (16- ^
18 credits). "^
Courses in Education (EDU): r-
110. Foundations of Education. A study of the legal, social, historical and philosophical '^
foundations of American education correlated with a survey of the principles and theories of ^
influential educators. Includes required field practicum. 3 credits. r^
310. The Education of the Exceptional Child. An introduction to current research and >»
practices concerning the range of exceptionalities in children. The course includes attention ^—
to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Various resource personnel are "
invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a minimum of one hour per week field s»
experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of exceptional children. Prerequi- r"
sites: EDU 110, PSY 100 or PSY 210, and permission of instructor. Limited to teacher
certification candidates only. 3 credits. >—
346. Educational Technology and Instructional Media. An introduction to the media and ^^
technology used for educational communications. Includes materials, equipment, character- >«,
istics, and competencies for effective use. Covers a wide range of media from chalk to ^
computers. Limited to sophomore education majors or to other teacher education students '^
with permission of the instructor. 3 credits. >•
Elementary Education (Teacher Certification) Program
The Education Department is committed to preparing elementary education majors who have ^-'
a thorough grounding in the disciplines they will teach within the context of a strong liberal ^^
arts foundation. The program includes intensive training in the content and methodologies ^,
of all elementary school subjects. ^
52
The field-centered component in the program provides extensive and carefully sequenced
opportunities to work with teachers and children in a variety of school settings during all four
years of preparation for teaching. The Education Department has established strong relation-
ships with local public, parochial and private schools. Majors spend an average of two hours
per week each semester in various public school classrooms, observing teachers and children,
aiding, tutoring, providing small-group and whole-class instruction, and completing tasks
on increasingly challenging levels of involvement. Seniors spend the fall semester in full-
time student teaching with cooperating teachers who have been carefully chosen for that role.
Additional opportunities are provided for our students to work in nursery schools, child care
centers. Head Start programs, middle schools, and in classes for exceptional children.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in elementary education.
Major: Elementary education majors must take: EDU 1 10, 310; ELM 220. 250, 270, 280,
332, 341, 342, 344, 361, 362, 499; ART 401; GPY 1 1 1; HIS 125; MAS 100 or equivalent;
PSY 100 or 210, 220, 321 (60 credits).
Note: Students who are pursuing teacher certification must complete 12 credit hours of
ELM 440 Student Teaching in addition to completing all requirements for the major
in Elementary Education.
Courses in Elementary Education (ELM):
220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education majors
in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, singing,
using notation, Ustening, movement, and creative applications. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as
Music 220. }
250. Mathematics in the Elementary School. A study of basic preschool to sixth grade
mathematical concepts with major emphasis on the NCTM Standards, the integration of
media and technology, writing across the curriculum, student assessments, and exceptional
children. Attention is given to the development of hands-on teaching activities, simulations,
and experiences which can be utilized effectively with any classroom population. 3 credits.
260. Principles and Practices in Early Childhood Education. An introduction to contem-
porary research, theories, programs, curricula, methods, and materials in early childhood
education, nursery school through grade 2. Includes required field experience in a local early
childhood center. 3 credits.
270. Children's Literature. A study of literature for children from infants through grade 8.
including extensive classroom examination of books, poetry, storytelling, and resources in
children's literature. Includes participation in the Annville Free Library's Children's
Storytime program. 3 credits.
53
280. Field Practicum in the Elementary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate
school settings. Prerequisite: permission. 1-3 credits.
332. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School. A study of basic concepts in general
science, earth and space science, physical and biological science, and environmental studies
based on the Pennsylvania Science Benchmarks for Science Education. The course empha-
sizes the experiential nature of science in the elementary classroom with special attention to
materials, media and technology, writing across the curriculum, authentic assessment,
exceptional children, and methodologies appropriate for kindergarten through sixth grade
students. The course integrates a multidisciplined. Whole Language approach to teaching
physical and environmental science. 3 credits.
341, 342. Teaching of Reading I, II. The fundamentals of teaching children to read from the
readiness programs of early childhood education to the more comprehensive techniques
required to teach reading in all subject areas of the curricula in elementary and middle
schools. Effective reading programs, methods, and materials are examined first hand.
Includes during each semester one hour per week of reading enrichment for selected
elementary school students. Prerequisite: ELM 270. 3 credits per semester.
344. Health Education in the Schools. Provides the background information and skills
teachers need to implement comprehensive school health education. The course includes
information on the six categories of risk behavior identified by the Center for Disease Control
and Prevention. The course examines the objectives of Healthy People 2000, the eight
components in comprehensive school health, the Safe Schools Act, the National Health
Education Standards, comprehensive school health programs, the 10 content areas of health
education, and instructional strategies and materials appropriate to the teaching of health in
today's schools. Attention is given to the ethical, moral, and religious issues often associated
with this area of the school curriculum. 3 credits.
361. Language Arts in the Elementary School. The content, methods and materials for
teaching oral and written language beginning with early childhood: listening, speaking,
creative and practical writing, creative dramatics, handwriting, grammar and usage, spelling,
reading, and thinking. The course emphasizes media and technology, authentic assessment,
and exceptional children' s language development. The course is designed to assist preservice
teachers in helping children to communicate effectively and responsibly through a process
writing. Whole Language, literature based, multidisciplined approach to teaching. 3 credits.
362. Social Studies in the Elementary School. An examination of the content, methods and
role of social studies in the elementary school, beginning with early childhood. The
curriculum is examined from two vantage points: the daily lives of children as they relate to
developing values and attitudes and the planned study of people as they live and have lived
in our world. The development of a teaching unit and the examination of learning resources
are required. 3 credits.
440. Student Teaching. Each student spends an entire semester in an area school under the
54
supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors only. A major grade
point average of at least 2.0 and a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 are required
(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 1995). Prerequisites: EDU 1 10; GPY
11 1; HIS 125; PSY 220,321; ELM 220, 250, 270, 280, 332, 341, 342, 344, 361, 362, and
permission of the Education Department faculty. 12 credits.
499. Senior Seminar. Special topics related to current concerns in education are researched
and presented by the students in the course. Issues related to teaching and to further
professional growth are explored. Students are required to do extensive and varied kinds of
formal and informal writing on assigned and self-selected topics in education. 3 credits.
Secondmy Teacher Certification Program
Students pursuing secondary teacher certification are prepared for teaching by completing an
intensive program in the departmental major(s) of their choice in conjunction with a carefully
sequenced professional education component within the Education Department. Both the
major program and the professional education component are completed within the context
of a strong foundation in the liberal arts.
Departmental majors may seek certification in biology, chemistry, English, French. German,
Spanish, mathematics, physics, and social studies.
Opportunities are provided candidates to observe and to teach in junior high and high school
settings prior to the full-time student teaching semester. Cooperating teachers are selected
through a process involving college faculty, public school personnel, and the student
teachers, thus assuring the most beneficial placements possible.
\Degree Requirements:
There is no major in education for those interested in secondary teaching. Students complete
ithe requirements in their chosen major and the designated professional education courses.
\Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: biology,
chemistry, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, and social studies.)
\Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must complete
the approved program in the chosen major and 21 credits in education courses, consisting of
EDU 1 1 and SED 420, 430 and 440. SED 280 or SED 430 must be taken in the fall or spring
semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester. SED 280 should be taken at
least once prior to SED 440. SED 420 and 440 comprise the student teaching semester of the
[senior or post graduate year.
\Courses in Secondaty Education (SED):
]^280. Field Practicum in the Secondary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate
school settings. Designed to offer practical experiences for prospective secondary teachers
or students planning an educational ministry. Prerequisites: permission. 1-3 credits.
55
420. Human Growth and Development. A survey of human characteristics, research in ^^
developmental psychology and their implications for teaching and learning at the middle ^
school and secondary school levels. Prerequisite: EDU 1 10; secondary teacher certification ^
candidate; junior or senior status; approval of instructor. 3 credits. ^~
430. Practicum and Methods. A study of the basic principles and procedures for middle ^
school and secondary classroom management and instruction. Prerequisite: EDU 110; ^
secondary teacher certification candidate; junior or senior status; approval of instructor. 3 '^
credits. ^
440. Student Teaching. Students spend an entire semester in an area school under the "*
supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors only. Requirements are: ^
(1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 (effective for students entering the ^
program in the fall of 1995) '^
(2) a grade point average of at least 2.00 in the major field ^
(3) completion of all courses required of the major for student teaching ^-
(4) completion of professional education courses required for student teaching "*
(5) approval of the major adviser and of the Education Department faculty. ^
Prerequisites: EDU 1 10, SED 430. SED 420 is normally taken concurrently with SED 440. "*
12 credits. '^
Geography Program ^
Courses in geography are offered to acquaint students with the physical and cultural aspects ^
of the world in which they live and to introduce them to geography as a discipline. The courses ^
are recommended for all students who wish to broaden their understanding of the world. ^^
Courses in Geography (GPY): r^
111. Physical Geography and Its Impact. A survey of the physical aspects of the earth and
its impact on life through the Six Themes of Geography developed by the National ^-^
Geography Standards. Attention is given to the solar system, the earth' s movements, climate, r^
weather, landforms, ecology, environmental awareness, and the processes that form and
change the earth' s surface. Students explore, through different modes of media and technol- —
ogy and a variety of hands-on activities, the impact that physical geography has on their r^
everyday lives. A Whole Language, multidisciplined approach to teaching geography is
presented. Requirement for elementary education certification. Prerequisite: Elementary w
Education major or permission of instructor. 3 credits. '**■
211. American Cultural Geography. A study ofhow the natural environment has influenced ^-'
the historic development of American culture, including the geographic distribution of r^
population gioups, religious denominations and practices, language patterns, architectural
styles, and the like. 3 credits. ^
212. World Cultural Geography. A survey of the various geographic regions of the world
and their cultural features, including their natural resources, economy, social and religious —
r^
56 ^
customs, food supply, populations, ecology, and topical geography. Attention is given to
heightening students' international awareness and appreciation for diverse cultures. 3
credits.
Faculty
Susan L. Atkinson, associate professor of education.
Ed.D., Temple University.
She teaches method courses in mathematics, science, social studies, and language arts, plus
courses in the foundations of education and physical geography. Supervises student teachers.
Her research interests are in the area of matching student/teacher learning styles to increase
academic achievement. Her interests include multidisciplined curricula, classroom manage-
ment and early childhood education. She is the adviser for the college' s professional teaching
organization, which includes secondary, elementary, and music education majors.
Andrew J. Brovey, assistant professor of education.
Ed.D., Lehigh University.
He teaches courses in educational foundations, educational technology, secondary method-
Dlogy, and supervises student teachers. He serves as the director of instructional design and
echnology in the department to develop and promote the integration of the computer and
3ther instructional media in all phases of teacher preparation.
Vlichael A. Grella, professor of education. Chairperson.
Ed.D., West Virginia University.
-ie teaches courses in children's literature, reading, early childhood education, and excep-
ional children. He coordinates reading-related practical in the public schools and supervises
itudent teachers. He serves as the department' s chief liaison with public school personnel and
vith the Pennsylvania Department of Education. He maintains a special interest in the
icquisition of literacy at the primary grade levels and in learning disabilities.
)ale E. Summers, assistant professor of education.
d.D., Ball State University.
e teaches courses in educational foundations, world cultural geography, American cultural
eography, elementary social studies, secondary school curricula and methodologies, and
dolescent development. He serves as supervisor of student teachers and helps to monitor
re-student teaching field experiences. He maintains a particular interest in special education
or the emotionally disturbed at both the elementary and secondary level.
inda L. Summers, instructor in education.
4. A., Ball State University'.
Ihe serves as the director of elementary and secondary field experiences for the Education
)epartment. She teaches courses in educational foundations, language arts, social studies,
nd health. She supervises elementary and secondary student teachers. Areas of interest in
ducation include early childhood education, thematic approaches to learning, the use of
itegrated curriculum, and cooperative learning.
57
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
English Program
The major in English introduces students to the humanistic study of language. While English
majors may choose to concentrate in literature, communications or secondary education, the
basis for all concentrations is the study of literature. All majors also learn the skills of clear,
concise and correct expression as well as of effective collection, organization, and presen-
tation of material. Such study prepares the student for graduate work in literature or
communications, or for professional study in such fields as law or theology. Graduates of the
Department of English are also prepared to work in journalism, teaching, editing, public
relations, publishing, advertising, government, and industry.
Departmental Honors: English majors with a major GPA of 3.5 at the end of the junior year
are eligible to apply for departmental honors. Details are available from the department
chairperson.
The English Department offers a major program with concentrations in literature, commu-
nications, and secondary education, as well as minors in both literature, communications and
theater.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in English.
Major: Core requirements: ENG 120 ; three from 221-229 (at least two of the three must be
from 22 1 -226); 32 1 ; 34 1 or 342; ( 1 8 credits). Students must choose one of the concentrations
below in addition to the core.
Literature concentration: Three additional survey courses (ENG 221-229); 370; three from
among 330, 350, 390-literature courses (39 total credits).
Communications concentration: ENG 099; ENG 140; five additional communications
courses (ENG 202-2 1 8, 310-315, 390-communications); three credits of ENG 400 (39 total
credits).
Secondary Education concentration: One additional survey course from ENG 22 1-229 (the
total of four surveys must include at least three from 221-226); two from among ENG 202,
213, and 218; three from among 330, 350, 370, 390; and ENG 360 (39 total credits).
To be certified by the state, secondary education concentrators must also complete EDU 1 10,
SED 420, SED 430, and SED 440.
Minor (Literature): ENG 1 20; ENG 22 1 or 222; two from ENG 225, 226, 227, 228, 229; two
additional 300-level literature courses (18 credits).
58
Minor (Communications): ENG 120; ENG 140; ENG 221 or 222; three additional commu-
nications courses (202-2 18,31 0-3 15, 390-communications) ( 1 8 credits).
Minor (Theater): ENG 120; ENG 202; ENG 204; ENG 341; ENG 342; one drama-related
course from among 330, 350, or 390 ( 18 credits).
Courses in English (ENG):
099. Internship Portfolio. A formal collection of the student's previous communications-
oriented work, to be submitted to the department as part of the student' s formal request to take
ENG 400 (Internship). Graded Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory. Offered every semester. credits.
101, 102. English as a Second Language: Speaking, Reading, and Listening I, II.
Emphasis on advanced speaking, reading, and listening skills for students for whom English
is the second language. The second semester continues work on the same skills. 3 credits.
103, 104. English as a Second Language: Writing I, II. Emphasis on constructing the
academic essay for students for whom English is the second language. The second semester
:ontinues work on the same skills. 3 credits.
Ill, 112. English Communications I, II. Both semesters help the student find her or his own
voice within the demands and expectations of public expression. Both courses emphasize the
development of clear, organized and rhetorically effective written prose. 1 12 also empha-
sizes reading and research skills. Prerequisite for 1 12: 1 1 1 or permission of chairperson. 3
:redits.
\20. Introduction to Literature. An introduction to literary genres and to the basic
nethodology, tools, terminology and concepts of the study of literature. Usually offered
very semester. 3 credits.
40. Introduction to Mass Communications. An introduction to career-oriented uses of
anguage and to the skills used universally by reporters, editors, advertising copywriters,
)ublic relations personnel, and technical writers. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
102. Theater Workshop. A workshop in the elements of theater with classroom practice in
)roduction of scenes and whole plays. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
104. Theater Production and Performance. Instruction in all aspects of producing and
)erforming a full-length play. Preference given to students who have completed ENG 202
Theater Workshop). Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits.
\10. Management Communications. The development of reading, writing, speaking and
istening skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 1 12, or permission of
he instructor. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
59
213. Journalism. The development of the basic skills of journalistic writing such as
interviewing, covering meetings, gathering and reporting news and features according to "^
standard formats and styles; the course also covers legal and ethical aspects of journalism. ^
Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112, or permission of the instructor. Usually
offered fall semester. 3 credits. >—
214. Creative Writing: Poetry. A workshop in writing poetry. Usually offered alternate fall
semesters. 3 credits. >--
215. Creative Writing: Fiction. A workshop in writing short fiction. Usually offered ^
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. >—
216. Technical Applications in Writing. The development of writing skills within the
context of specialized, usually technical or scientific, subject matters, with emphasis on style >-
and forms. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 1 12 or permission of the instructor. Usually offered r
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
218. Oral Communication. Introduction to informative, persuasive, and other types of oral '^
communication, with emphasis on the student's own performance as well as the judgment of ^
others' performance. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. >•
/^
221. Survey of American Literature I. A survey of selected major American authors from
the colonial period to about 1 900. Writing intensive. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. ^
222. Survey of American Literature II. A survey of selected major American authors from
about 1900 to the present. Writing intensive. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. ^
225. Survey of English Literature I. A survey of selected major English authors from the
Middle Ages to about 1800. Writing intensive. Usually offered alternate spring semesters, w
3 credits. r'
226. Survey of English Literature II. A survey of selected major English authors from about w
1 800 to the present. Writing intensive. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits, r
227. Survey of World Literature I. A survey of selected major writers from the ancient world
r
to the seventeenth century. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. r*
228. Survey of World Literature II. A survey of selected major writers from the seventeenth C
century to the present. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. (^
229. Survey of Non-Western Literature. A survey of selected major non-Western writers. C
Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. (^
310. Advanced Journalism. Builds upon basic journalistic skills by requiring students to ■•
read and write long pieces of investigative and feature reporting. Writing intensive, r*
60 C
Prerequisite: ENG 213. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
312. Writing for Radio and TV. Theory and technique of writing news and features for
broadcast media. Editing and rewriting press association dispatches, gathering local news,
recording interviews and preparing newscasts and feature programs. Prerequisite: ENG 140.
Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits.
313. Advertising Copy and Layout. Principles and techniques of copy writing; selection and
presentation of sales points; creative strategy in production of layouts. Prerequisite: ENG 1 40
or ENG 213. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
314. Public Relations. Purposes and methods of modem public relations as practiced by
business and industry, organizations and institutions, trades and professions. Public opinion
3valuation. Planning of public relations programs. Prerequisite: ENG 140. Usually offered
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits.
315. Editing. Editing theory and exercises in copyreading, rewriting and headlining. Writing
intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 140. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
321. History and Grammar of the English Language. An examination of the evolution of
English phonology, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary, including current conventions and
jsage. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
330. Literary Genres. A study of one of the various forms of literature, such as the lyric
3oem, the novel, romance, tragedy, realism, drama, film, the essay, biography and autobiog-
aphy. The genre will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for credit when it
nvolves a genre the student has not previously studied. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: Eng
120 or a 200-level survey (ENG 221-229). Usually offered every semester. 3 credits.
^41. Shakespeare I. A concentrated study of early Shakespearean drama, especially the
:omedies and the histories. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey
ENG 221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
'42. Shakespeare II. A concentrated study of late Shakespearean drama, especially the
|ragedies and the romances. Writing intensive, prerequisite: ENG 1 20 or a 200-level survey
ENG 221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
}50. Major Authors. Intensive study of one or two major American or English authors.
decent subjects have included Faulkner, Joyce, Woolf, Gates, Morrison. Chaucer. Milton.
'ound, and Williams. The authors will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for
^redit. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey (ENG 221-229).
Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
^60. The Teaching of English in Secondary Schools. The teaching of writing and literature
jn the junior high and high school classroom, exploring literary, pedagogical, and composi-
61
tion theory as they apply to actual teaching practice. Writing intensive, prerequisites: ENG
120andEDU110. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
370. Literary Theory and Its Applications. An introduction to a number of major literary
critics and/or critical approaches to literature on both a theoretical and practical level.
Prerequisite: ENG 120. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
390. Special Topics. Topics vary from semester to semester. Recent topics have included
Native American Literature, Myths and Their Meaning, Revolutions, Sports and Literature,
Irish Literature, Gender and Communication, the Vietnam War and American Literature.
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey (ENG 221-229).
Usually offered every semester. 3 credits.
400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience, on or off campus, related to
the student's career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally
limited to juniors and seniors. Prerequisites: ENG 099; permission of the chairperson;
application form from Registrar' s office must be completed prior to registration. 1-12 credit
hours.
Faculty
Philip A. Billings, professor of English. Chairperson.
Ph.D., Michigan State University.
He teaches courses in contemporary literature as well as creative writing. His publications
include poems in various magazines and two books of poems based on people living in the
region.
Marie G. Bongiovanni, assistant professor of English.
M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Experienced in journalism and business, she teaches management communications, editing
and journalism. She recently completed a summer writing program at Bennington College.
Phylis C. Dryden, associate professor of English.
D.A., State University of New York at Albany.
She is a specialist in composition theory, Hnguistics and American Studies and has business
experience. She has published poetry, fiction, newspaper and magazine articles. In 1991 and
1993 she won NEH Summer Seminar grants to study British literature. She also directs the
department internship program.
Gary Grieve-Carlson, associate professor of English.
Ph.D., Boston University.
He has taught at the University of Tennessee and Virginia Polytechnic Institute, and has been
a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany. He has published several articles on American
cultural criticism and 20th century poetry, and also teaches in the American Studies program.
62
John P. Kearney, professor of English.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
He is a 19th century British literature scholar currently working on a book on Dickens. He
also teaches technical writing.
Mary K. Pettice, assistant professor of English.
Ph.D., University of Houston
She teaches journalism, creative writing and British literature along with serving as adviser
to the student newspaper. She is also a published poet and short-story writer.
Kevin B. Pry, lecturer in English.
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
Dramaturge for local theater companies, he teaches dramatic literature, theater workshop and
^orld literature, and advises the student drama club.
fudy Pehrson, adjunct assistant professor of English.
\4.A., University of Michigan; Certificate for Teaching English as a Second Language,
Hinity College, London.
Fulbright Professor in China 1996-1997)
'ehrson teaches English as a second language, journalism and public relations. She serves
he college as executive director of college relations.
The English Department offers a major with concentrations in literature,
communications and secondary education.
63
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES ^
The study of a foreign language has three aims: to develop fluency in the basic communica- "^
tion skills, to provide an understanding of the cultural heritage of the people who use the ^
language, and to understand language as the fundamental medium by vi'hich humankind ^
thinks and interacts. ^^
The Department of Foreign Languages prepares the language major for a career in a variety ^■~
of fields: teaching, diplomatic and government service, foreign trade, business and social ^
service. For many of these careers the study of a foreign language is often combined with ^
majors in other disciplines. ^
The department encourages students to avail themselves of the college's opportunities for ^
foreign travel and study, including the International Student Exchange Program and the ^
programs in Cologne, Germany; Montpellier, France; and Salamanca, Spain. -'
The Department of Foreign Languages offers majors in French, German and Spanish, ^-
secondary teacher certification in foreign language, as well as minors in the three languages. ^*
In addition, coursework, but no major or minor, is offered in Russian. The department also ^
offers the major in International Business jointly with the Management Department. ^
Foreign Languages Program C
Degree Requirements: r-~
No major is offered in foreign language. Majors are offered in French, German and Spanish. '^
Elementary or Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking elementary or secondary ^^
certification in a foreign language must take FLG 360 and 2 1 credits in education courses ^^
including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 and ELM or SED 440. C
Courses in Foreign Language (FLG):
260. Approaches to Culture. A survey of contemporary life in French, German and Spanish ^-^
speaking countries. Topics may include customs, values, social structures, geography, and r^
current issues. Taught in English. 3 credits.
350. Linguistics. A study of the field of linguistics. Investigates language as a system of signs r^
and as a culturally conditioned behavior. 3 credits.
360. The Teaching of Foreign Language in Schools. A comprehensive study of modem r^
teaching methods, with emphasis on practicing basic classroom skills for elementary through
secondary school level instruction. Prerequisite: FRN 202, GMN 202, or SPA 202. 3 credits. ^-'
French Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in French.
64
Major: 24 credits in French above the intermediate level, FLG 350 (27 credits) For teaching
certification, FLG 360 is required.
Minor: 18 credits in French above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended.
Courses in French (FRN):
101, 102. Elementary French 1,11. Introductory courses in French. Aimed at developing
basic communicative proficiency in French. Also offers insights into French-speaking
cultures. 3 credits.
201, 202. Intermediate French I,II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year
French course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - listening,
speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of French-
speaking people. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits.
300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken French. Discussions on a wide
range of topics related to French life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or
equivalent. 3 credits.
310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Intensive practice in written French. Develop-
ment of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on contemporary
French writing and issues. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
320. Business French. A study of the language of business and business practices of France
and French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
340. The Sounds of French: Intensive Listening Comprehension Skills. An intensive
listening comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in. many registers
of spoken French: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation,
announcements, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a Hstening
immersion in the Francophone world. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
?50. Issues in French Culture. Discussion of an important issue in France from different
)oints of view. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
tlO. French Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of medieval French
literature to 1600. Works from the medieval epic and courtly romance through Renaissance
)hilosophical essays. Development of advanced communicative skills through literature will
)e promoted. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensi\e)
i20. French Literature of the 17th Century. A study of the spirit and principal authors of
^rench Classicism with a special emphasis on the theater of Comeille. Racine and Moliere.
Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive)
65
430. French Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries. A study of the main ideological
currents of the 18th and 19th centuries: the faith in reason, the emergence of pre-romanticism,
romanticism and realism. Emphasis on the works of Voltaire, Montesquieu, Diderot,
Rousseau, T Abbe Prevost, Marivaux, Hugo, Flaubert, Balzac, Zola, and Baudelaire. Prereq-
uisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive)
440. French Literature of the 20th Century. A study of contemporary society as reflected
in the literary evolution from Proust to the Nouveau Roman and le theatre de I 'Absurde. Such
writers as Giraudoux, Anouilh, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, lonesco, Becket will be studied.
Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive)
450. Modern Theatre and Poetry of France. A study of theater and poetry of the 19th and
20th centuries. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing
Intensive)
German Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in German.
Major: 24 credits in German above the intermediate level; FLG 350. (27 credits). For
teaching certification, FLG 360 is required.
Minor: 18 credits in German above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended.
Courses in German (GMN):
101, 102. Elementary German I,II. Introductory courses in German. Aimed at developing
basic communicative proficiency in German. Also offers insights into German-speaking
culmres. 3 credits.
201, 202. Intermediate German I,II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year
German course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills -
listening, speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures
of German-speaking people. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits.
203, 204; 303, 304; 403,404. Language & Culture I, II. An immersion course on three levels
offered in Cologne, Germany. German in context with a grammar review, practical exercises
and discussion of cultural issues. Placement determined in Cologne. Prerequisite: GMN 102
or equivalent. 3 credits.
310. Germany Past and Present. Studies the major epochs of German cultural history and
describes the chief characteristics of present-day German society. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or
equivalent. 3 credits.
66
316. Composition & Conversation. Intensive practice in the interactive skills of speaking and
writing. Review of grammar and emphasis of practical situations. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or
equivalent. 3 credits.
320. Business German. A study of the language of business and business practices of
Germany and German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
330. German Short Fiction. A reading course in the Cologne program for the intermediate
student. Study of short texts to develop more advanced skills and introduce the techniques
3f literary analysis. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits.
i50. Issues in German Culture. Study of a major issue from various points of view. Readings
n German and English; discussion and writing in German and Enghsh. Prerequisite: GMN
102 or equivalent. 3 credits.
UO. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Emphasizes the skills needed for accurate
ind idiomatic translation of German texts into English. Discussion of more complex
grammatical structures. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
tOO-419. Readings in German. Works of fiction and nonfiction selected to explore a
)articular topic or theme. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive)
t60. Lyric Poetry. A study of German song from minnesang to contemporary rock. Involves
)oth texts and music as appropriate. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Area
5, Writing Intensive)
Russian Program
degree Requirements:
Only coursework is offered in Russian.
'bourses in Russian (RSN):
'01, 102. Elementary Russian I,II. Introductory courses in Russian. Aimed at developing
)asic communicative proficiency in Russian. Also offers insights into Russian-speaking
ultures. 3 credits.
'01, 201. Intermediate Russian I, II. Continuation of first year. Aimed at building students'
)roficiency in all four language skills - listening, speaking, reading and writing - and at
;nhancing their knowledge of Russian culture. Prerequisite: RSN 102 or equivalent. 3
Credits.
Spanish Program
degree Requirements:
degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in Spanish.
67
Major: 24 credits in Spanish above the intermediate level; FLG 350 (27 credits). For teaching '^
certification, FLG 360 is required. ^
Minor: 1 8 credits in Spanish above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation ^^
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. ^
Courses in Spanish (SPA): ^
101, 102. Elementary Spanish /, //. Introductory courses in Spanish. Aimed at developing ^
basic communicative proficiency in Spanish. Also offers insights into Spanish-speaking ^^
cultures. 3 credits.
201, 202. Intermediate Spanish 1, II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year r^
Spanish course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - listening, ^
speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of Spanish- ^
speaking people. Prerequisite: SPA 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. i*^
300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice m spoken Spanish. Discussions on a wide ^
range of topics related to Spanish life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 ^^
credits.
310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Discussion of more complex grammatical ^^
structures. Intensive practice in written Spanish. Development of advanced writing skills ^
through composition assignments based on contemporary Spanish writing and issues, ^i-
Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) /*"
320. Business Spanish. An introduction to the language of business and business practices. ^
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. /^
340. The Sounds of Spanish: Intensive Listening Comprehension. An intensive listening ^
comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many registers of spoken --^
Spanish: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation, announce-
ments, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listening immersion in the ^
Hispanic world. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. ^-~
350. Issues in Spanish Culture. Discussion of an important issue in Spain from various ^
points of view. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. '^^-
360. Issues in Latin-American Culture. Discussion of an important issue in Latin America —
from various points of view. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. ^^
370. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Studies methods of translation and —
interpretation. Oral and written texts will be used to work both from Spanish to English and ^
English to Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. ^
410. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of the outstanding ^
68 C
works of the period. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. (Writing Intensive)
420. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. A study of the major works of the period.
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive)
430. Spanish Literature and the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries. Reading from the
Enlightenment in Spain and an examination of the major works of romanticism and realism.
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive)
440. Spanish Literature of the Twentieth Century. A study of the literary movement of the
century, starting with the Generation '98 and modernism. Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. 3
credits. (Writing Intensive)
450. Latin-American Literature of the 20th Century. A study of the important writers of the
century, with emphasis on recent developments. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3
credits. (Writing Intensive)
460. The Age of Discovery. An examination of the Aztec, Mayan and Incan civilizations
before 1492 and the philosophy of the Spanish explorers from 1492 on. Prerequisite: SPA
202. 3 credits. (Foreign Studies, Writing Intensive)
Faculty
Diane M. Iglesias, professor of Spanish. Chairperson.
Ph.D., City University of New York.
Iglesias teaches courses in Spanish language, and in Spanish and Latin American culture,
civilization and literature. She has presented research papers in medieval balladry and the
Spanish Golden Age theater at scholarly conferences. She is currently researching the
modern Latin American novel and is particularly interested in the concept of "magical
realism" as it applies to the works of Gabriel Garcia Marquez.
James W. Scott, professor of German.
Ph.D., Princeton University.
Scott teaches German and courses in the culture, civilization and literature of German-
speaking countries. His most recent scholarly presentations have ranged from Kafka's short
fiction to cabaret in the GDR and communicative testing. At present he is preparing a new
translation of IweiL an Arthurian epic by Hartmann von Aue. He chairs a state selection
committee for the Congress-Bundestag Youth Exchange Program and is a member of the
American Association of Teachers of German task force on distance learning.
Joelle L. Stopkie, associate professor of French.
Ph.D., Btyn Mawr College.
She teaches courses in language, culture and literature and coordinates and supervises study
programs in France. She is currently interested in methodology and Francophone studies.
69
Dr. Stopkie works with students to arrange study-abroad opportunities.
Angel T. Tuninetti, assistant professor of Spanish.
Licenciado en Letras Modernas, Universidad Nacional de Cordoba, Argentina.
Tuninetti teaches Spanish language classes. His special interest is South American travel
literature of the colonial period.
Andres Zamora, assistant professor of Spanish.
Ph.D., University of Southern California, Los Angeles.
Zamora teaches subjects from basic language to literature, art and culture of the Hispanic
world. He has worked on Medieval literature, the Golden Age Comedia, Cervantes and the
Modem Latin American Novel. He is studying the poetics of the Spanish Novel in the 19th
and 20th centuries.
Svetlana A. Bird, adjunct instructor in Russian.
M.A., Moscow State Pedagogical University.
Bird teaches courses in Russian language, culture and civilization. Her special interests
include Russian literature, contemporary cinematography and poetry.
Theresa Bowley, adjunct instructor in French.
M.A., Middlebury College.
Bowley teaches courses in French language, culture and civilization. Her special interests
include French culture, French language structure and French cooking.
Leonie Lang-Hambourg, adjunct assistant professor of German.
M.A., University of Oregon, Diploma Interpreter andTranslator, MuncherDolmetscherschule.
Experienced as an interpreter and translator, she teaches beginning and intermediate German
and courses in advanced German grammar and style, as well as conversation and composi-
tion, translation and business German.
70
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND AMERICAN STUDIES
By examining human behavior in the past, the study of history can help people better
understand themselves and others. Students of history also learn how to gather and analyze
information and present their conclusions in clear, concise language.
An undergraduate degree in history or American studies can lead to a career in teaching at
the college or high school level, law, government, politics, the ministry, museums and
libraries, joumahsm or editing, historical societies and archives, historical communications
or a number of other professions.
American Studies Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in American Studies.
Major. AMSlll,211,253,311,485;ART205orMSC120;ENG221,222;GPY211;HIS
321, 322, and 325 or 326; PHL 240 or REL 120 (39 credits).
Minor: AMS 1 1 1, 21 1, 253; one course from the following: ART 205, ENG 221, 222. MSC
120; one course from the following: HIS 321, HIS 322, PHL 240, REL 120; 1 course from
the following: HIS 325 or 326; and one elective course to be chosen from among courses
required for the major in American Studies or approved by the Director of the American
Studies Program (21 credits.)
Secondan Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must take HIS
360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 and 440.
Courses in American Studies (AMS):
111. Introduction to American Studies. An interdisciplinary approach to the study of
America's heritage and the distinguishing features of the American mind and character. 3
credits.
277. American Folklore. A study of the historical growth of American folklore; such genres
as folk art, folk music, and folk speech; contemporary expressions, including regional and
ethnic variations; and the dynamics of folk performance in socio-cultural context. 3 credits.
230. American Folk Religion. A study of the folk traditions of selected American denomi-
nations and sects and of the theological implications of secular folklore. Emphasis will be
placed on field work as well as on analysis. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 230. }
253. Applied American Studies. An introduction to non-teaching careers in American
Studies. Students examine the basics of archival management, museum curatorship. oral
history, corporate history and historical communication and interpretation. 3 credits. { Cross-
listed as History 253.}
377. American Science and Technology. A study of American science and technolog\' and
71
their interrelations with economic, cultural, political and intellectual developments. Prereq-
uisite: Any laboratory science course. 3 credits.
485. American Studies Seminar. A capstone course organized around a major theme or issue
in the American experience. Themes and issues vary from year to year as the seminar rotates
among faculty in several academic departments. Students are able to integrate their educa-
tional experience and implement further the interdisciplinary methodology in an holistic
approach to a topic or subject. 3 credits.
History Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in history.
Major: HIS 101, 102, 125, 126, 251, 253, two upper-level courses in American history, two
upper-level courses in European history (from HIS 205, 206, 207), two non-western history -
courses and any two of the following three courses: HIS 301, 321 or 322. For students ^
attending graduate school, HIS 499 is strongly recommended (42 credits).
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must take HIS r-'
1 1 1 and 1 12 (instead of 101 and 102), HIS 360 and 21 credits in education courses including
EDU 1 1 and SED 420, 430 and 440. C
c
Minor: HIS 101, 102, 125, 126, 251, 253; one upper-level course in American history and
one upper-level course in European history (from HIS 205, 206, 207) (24 credits). ^
r
Courses in History (HIS):
101. Western Civilization to the 14th Century. The development of the western world from
its Near Eastern and Mediterranean origins to the eve of the Renaissance. 3 credits.
102. Western Civilization since the 14th Century. A study of how life in the late 20th century
has been influenced by historical developments in Europe and America, including the growth
of science, the rise of nation states, social classes and values, and changing views of the world.
3 credits.
111. World History to 1500. A study of world history from earliest times to the 16th century
with emphasis on the world's great cultural traditions and the major transformation of the
world in terms of cultural, social, political, and technological change. 3 credits.
112. World History since 1500. A study of world history from 1500 to the present with an
emphasis on the growing connectedness of the major cultural traditions. 3 credits.
725. United States History to 1865. The story of America from Columbus through the Civil
War. 3 credits. ^
126. United States History Since 1865. The story of America from Reconstruction to the C
72
C
present. 3 credits.
205. Early Modern Europe. The Renaissance, Reformation, Scientific Revolution, and the
development of national political states, especially in the 1 7th and 1 8th centuries. 3 credits.
206. Revolution & Nationalism, 1789-1914. A study of the effects of the French Revolution
and the Industrial Revolution on Europe. Particular attention is paid to the rise of class
antagonisms and national rivalries. 3 credits.
207. Europe in the 20th Century. Developments in Europe from 1900 to the present are
investigated, with special focus on the role of Germany, the Nazi Era and the post- World War
II conditions. 3 credits.
225. The American Revolution. An in-depth study of why Americans declared their
independence and how they won the Revolution and worked to build a republic in a hostile
world of monarchies. Particular attention is paid to major issues on which historians of the
period disagree. 3 credits.
226. Age of Jefferson & Jackson. How the old republican ideal of a virtuous agrarian society
struggles to confront the new age of economic modernization, social diversity, and sectional
tension. 3 credits.
227. Civil War and Reconstruction. A study of how sectional divisions over slavery led to
y bloody war and a bitter postwar effort to reshape Southern society. 3 credits.
257. History and Historians. The first half of this course covers the lives and ideas of the great
historians from ancient times to the modern world; the second half of the course covers recent
nterpretations of American history. 3 credits.
153. Applied Historical Studies. An introduction to non-teaching careers in history,
students examine the basics of archival management, museum curatorship. oral history.
:orporate history and historical communications. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as American
Studies 253.}
271. Modern China and Japan. An analysis of political, economic and cultural institutions
)f China and Japan with special emphasis on the western impact on these institutions after
1500. 3 credits.
273. Modern Africa. African civilization from its origins in the ninth century to the present
lay, with emphasis on the impact of colonialism, regional distinctions, and the emergence
)f independent states. 3 credits.
175. Modern Latin America. Latin American civilization from its origins to the present, w ith
;mphasis on the impact of colonialism, the emergence of independent states, relationships
vith the United States, and the modern regional distinctions. 3 credits.
73
r
277. The Modern Middle East. Middle Eastern civilization from the rise of Islam to the
present, with emphasis on the Arabian peninsula, the Fertile Crescent, Iran, Turkey, and ^
Egypt, particularly after 1914. The origins and development of the modem state of Israel are
also analyzed. 3 credits.
279. Modern South Asia. Indian sub-continent civilizations from the 16th century to the
present with emphasis on the impact of the Mughal empire, the impact of western colonial
control, the crisis of the 1 9th and 20th centuries, the evolution of nationalism resulting in
independence and partition, and with major reference to the contemporary nations and
cultures of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka. 3 credits.
301. European Social History. An inquiry into the lives and experiences of ordinary folk.
Topics include women, laboring classes, and popular culture. 3 credits.
307. History of Russia. The development of Russia and the Soviet Union from Kievan
beginnings to the present, with emphasis upon the period since 1600. 3 credits.
309. France and Germany, A Comparative History. The development and relationships of
the two nations from the Era of Revolutions to the present will be investigated, with particular
attention to the nature of their national identity and their political culture. 3 credits.
321. Gender, Race, Ethnicity and Class in America History to 1860. An analysis of the
changing role and status of women, the African- American and native American experience,
the underclass experience and the impact of immigration, from the European Conquest to the
Civil War. 3 credits.
322. Gender, Race, Ethnicity and Class in America History Since 1860. An analysis of the
changing role and status of women, the African- American and native American experience,
the underclass experience and the impact of immigration and ethnicity from the Civil War
to the 1990s. 3 credits.
323. American Thought and Culture. A study of American intellectual history focusing on
cultural criticism as represented in such schools of thought as Puritanism, Enlightenment
Rationalism, Transcendentalism, utopianism, the Southern Agrarians, the Progressives, the
New York Intellectuals, Marxism, feminism, and the New Journalism. 3 credits.
325. American Business History to 1920. An analysis of the role of business in America from
the colonial period to 1920. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship, the
development of the American economy, and the relationships between business, govern-
ment, trade unionism and society. 3 credits.
326. American Business History Since 1920. An analysis of the role of business in America
during the 20th century. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship, the
development of the American economy, and the relationships between business, govern-
ment, trade unionism, and society. 3 credits.
74
327. American Military History. An analysis of American military institutions from Old
World tradition to the post-Persian Gulf era with emphasis on the U.S. Army. 3 credits.
360. The Teaching of History and Social Studies in Secondary Schools. A course for those
preparing to teach history and social studies at the secondary level. Topics include issues and
trends in secondary education, history of historical pedagogy, professional development and
course enrichment resources, teaching techniques, the uses of technology and student
motivational techniques. 3 credits. Required of all history majors seeking secondary
certification.
499. Seminar. A comprehensive study of an important historical topic. May be taken more
than once on different topics. Some seminars may emphasize reading and evaluating
important works of history; others may emphasize the writing of a research paper based on
original sources. 3 credits.
Faculty
Howard L. Applegate, professor of history and American studies. Chairperson.
Ph.D., Syracuse University.
His teaching is focused on American history, with a strong specialization in business history.
Applegate is a historical analyst of the American automotive and grocery chain retailing
industries.
James H. Broussard, professor of history.
Ph.D., Duke University.
Broussard teaches American history and historiography. His research and publications
concentrate on the Jefferson-Jackson era, the South, and American politics. He is also
executive director of the Society for Historians of the Early American Republic.
Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of history and religion, director of American Studies
Program.
Ph.D., Duke University.
His teaching centers on the history of Christianity and religion in America. His scholarship
pas focused on American folk religion; other interests include religion and literature, peace
studies, and mysticism.
Richard A. Joyce, associate professor of history.
V/.A., San Francisco State College.
He teaches modem European history and is interested in social and intellectual history.
Oiane E. Wenger, adjunct assistant professor of history and American Studies.
V/.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
Wenger teaches American Studies and social history with an emphasis on race, class, gender
md ethnicity. Her research interests include American material culture, comparative history
)f women, and economic/social history of the Federal period.
75
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
The Lebanon Valley College Department of Mathematical Sciences has long offered a
rigorous mathematics program within the context of a liberal arts education. Today an
increasing national need for mathematically prepared individuals has made our program even
more attractive. Computer scientists, secondary school mathematics and computer science
teachers, college professors in mathematical sciences, actuaries, operations research ana-
lysts, and statisticians are in high and continuing demand. In addition, the mental discipline
and problem solving abilities developed in the study of mathematics have long been
recognized as excellent preparation for numerous and varied areas of work or study.
The department offers majors in actuarial science, computer science, applied computer
science, and mathematics, and minors in computer science and mathematics.
Five students from this department have earned Fulbright Scholarships in recent years for
graduate study abroad. Graduates have earned Ph.D.s in economics, physics, statistics and
computer science as well as mathematics. Other graduates have completed law school. Many
are Fellows of the Society of Actuaries and the Casualty Actuarial Society. Regularly, many
of the department's students are named to the Who's Who in American Colleges and
Universities.
Actuarial Science Program
An actuary is a business professional who uses mathematical training to define, analyze and
solve financial and social problems. Actuaries are employed by insurance companies,
consulting firms, large corporations, and the federal and state governments. The Society of
Actuaries and the Casualty Actuarial Society establish and monitor the professional quali-
fications of actuaries through a series of rigorous examinations.
The Actuarial Science program at Lebanon Valley College was established in the mid 1960s
and is coordinated by Professor Hearsey, an Associate of the Society of Actuaries. Well over
100 of the college's alumni work in the actuarial profession. The coursework is selected to
provide a foundation in mathematics, accounting and economics and to prepare students for
courses 100-150 of the Society of Actuaries syllabus and parts 1^ of the Casualty Actuarial
Society syllabus. A student may prepare for additional examinations through independent
study. Lebanon Valley is the only small undergraduate liberal arts college in North America
with such an extensive actuarial science major. The college has had nearly 100 percent
placement of actuarial science graduates, with graduates employed by over 50 organizations.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in actuarial science.
Major. Three of ASC 385, 481, 482, 484; CSC 125; MAS 111,112, 202, 222, 371, 372, 471
and one of MAS 363 or 335; ECN 101, 102; ACT 151, 152 or 161, 162. (52 credits.) The
Course 100/ Part 1 examination ofthe actuarial societies must be passed before the end of the
semester preceding the graduation semester.
Courses in Actuarial Science (ASC):
385. The Theory of Interest. Measurement of interest, the time value of money, annuities,
amortization and sinking funds, bonds and related securities, depreciation and capitalized
76
cost. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12. 3 credits.
481, 482. Actuarial Mathematics I and II. Survival distributions and life tables; life
insurance; life annuities; net premiums; premium reserves; multiple life functions; multiple
decrement models; valuation theory forpension plans; the expense factor; and non-forfeiture
benefits and dividends. Prerequisite: Core. (MAS 111,112, 202, 222; CSC 125). 3 credits
each.
484. Casualty Actuarial Mathematics. An introduction to mathematical techniques of
casualty actuarial work including credibility theory, rate making and loss reserving. Prereq-
uisite: Core. 3 credits.
Computer Science Program
With new facilities and a wide range of computer equipment, the department offers a flexible
program in computer science. Two distinct majors offer opportunities and challenges for the
theoretically minded, and for those whose interests are directed towards applications.
The program in computer science was recently revised and all courses were modified to
reflect the latest changes in the field, both in hardware and in software. The result is a compact
sequence of courses of introductory material and in specialized advanced topics that allow
immediate adaptation of the state of the art, and to the interests of the students.
The departmental computer lab is equipped with a graphics workstation, networked Unix and
personal computers, and a wide variety of other equipment. Network connections with other
labs, classrooms, and the Internet, make a wide variety of systems easily accessible.
Independent study and internship opportunities encourage diversity and flexibility in
preparation of leaders in the rapidly changing information world.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science degree with a major in applied computer science: Bachelor of
Science degree with a major in computer science.
Major: (Applied Computer Science) CSC 125. 148.249,282,321,448,481 or 344. 400 or
500; ENG 2 1 or 2 1 6; MAS 1 1 1 or 1 6 1 , 25 1 . 270; 1 5 coordinated hours in an area of computer
application to be arranged with adviser (51-53 credits).
Ma>/v (Computer Science) CSC 125, 148,249,282,321. 344, 48 1.482 or 448. 400 or 500:
ENG 210 or 216; MAS 111,112, 202, 222, 251, 270 (52 credits).
Minor: (Computer Science) CSC 125, 148, 249, 282, and one CSC course numbered 300 or
higher; MAS 161,251 (21 credits).
Note: No course outside of the core (MAS 111,112, 202, 222. CSC 125) may be used to meet
the requirements of more than one major or minor within the Department of Mathematical
Sciences.
77
Courses in Computer Science (CSC):
125. Computer Tools: An Introduction to Computer Science. Introduction to fundamental
concepts of computer science through exploration of application software. Topics include:
information storage, retrieval, and communication, user interfaces, algorithms, spreadsheet,
data bases, and expert systems. 3 credits.
148. Computers and Programming in Pascal. Introduction to programming in Pascal.
Prerequisite: CSC 125.3credits. Astudentmaynotreceive credit toward graduation for CSC
148 after completing CSC 249 or the equivalent.
170. Computers and Programming in Basic. Introduction to the basic concepts and
terminology of computer hardware, software, operating systems and languages. Program-
ming in Basic. Cannot be used toward a major in computer science or applied computer
science. 3 credits.
249. Advanced Programming with C++. Features of the C language. Functions, strings,
pointers, structures, files, objects, libraries and multiple modules. Prerequisite: CSC 148. 3
credits.
282. Data Structures. Lists, stacks, queues, trees, tables and networks. Prerequisite: CSC
249, MAS 251. 3 credits.
-^ t
^ <
— <
321. Survey of Computer Languages: FORTRAN, COBOL, and C. Syntax, mechanics of ^
writing programs, and evaluation of the languages. Prerequisite: CSC 148. 3 credits. — 4
^ «
344. Computer Architecture with MACRO. The organization of computers. Topics include
instruction sets, registers, memory, devices and interrupts. Prerequisite: CSC 249. 3 credits. ^ 4
-i
^-^
448. Database Management. Database structure and implementation. Prerequisite: CSC
282. 3 credits.
481, 482. Advanced Topics in Computer Science 1, II. Topics to be selected from current
areas of interest and concern in computer science. Possible topics include graphics, compiler
construction, operating systems, networks, and artificial intelligence. Prerequisites: CSC
282; MAS 251. 3 credits per semester.
Mathematics Program
The increasing role of technology in modem society and the broadening scope of the
scientific paradigm have generated a growing need for mathematicians in business, industry
and government. Also, the national goal of improving the mathematical competence of high
school graduates has created a demand for teachers and professors in mathematics that will
not subside for many years. — ;
The department, highlighted in the Mathematical Association of America's 1995 publica- ^, ^
tion. Models that Work, continues its reputation of preparing its students for a variety of ^ ":
78
mathematical specialties by maintaining high standards of performance. A full roster of
traditional courses, seminars, and independent study prepares our students for a career or
graduate study.
A group of core courses sets the foundations of mathematical knowledge and gives the
student time to discover the direction of his or her interest. Advanced courses prepare the
student for graduate study, the teaching profession, and a variety of careers in statistics,
operations research, and research and development in industry and business.
Close cooperation with other departments allows the student also to have a major or minor
in another field to enhance the opportunities after graduation.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in mathematics.
Major: MAS 111.112, 202, 222, 25 1 ; five additional MAS courses numbered 200 or higher
subject to: no more than one numbered below MAS 300. at least one of 270 or 372, at least
oneof 322, 325,411. 412, atleastoneof 335, 363; MAS498.MAS499; CSC 125 (39credits).
Minor: MAS 161, 162; 202 or 251; 222; three courses from CSC 148 or MAS courses
numbered 200 or higher (22 credits).
The mathematics minor is not available for actuarial science majors. No course outside of the
:ore(MAS 111,1 12,202,222; CSC 1 25) may be used to meet the requirements of more than
Dne major or minor within the Department of Mathematical Sciences.
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in mathematics
nust complete a mathematics major which includes MAS 322. 325, 360; must take CSC 148;
md must take EDU 1 10, and SED 420, 430 and 440.
'oiirses in Mathematics (MAS):
^00. Concepts of Mathematics. A study of a variety of topics in mathematics. Topics may
nclude: patterns and inductive reasoning, calculators, number systems, nature of algebra,
nterest. installment buying, and geometric concepts. 3 credits.
W2. Pre-Calculus, Algebra and Trigonometry. A review of college algebra and trigonom-
etry. Algebraic expressions and equations, inequalities, absolute value, exponents, logarithms,
unctional notation, graphs of functions, systems of equations, modeling and work problems,
tngular measurement, trigonometric functions, identities, formulas, radian measure, graphs
)f trigonometric and inverse functions. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward
graduation after completing MAS 111. 1 6 1 , or the equivalent.
'11, 112. Analysis I, II. A rigorous calculus sequence for departmental majors and other
;tudents desiring a theoretical presentation of elementary calculus. Prerequisite: placement
esting or MAS 102. 5 credits per semester. A student may not receive credit toward
79
graduation after completing MAS 161, 162 or the equivalent. ^
150. Finite Mathematics. Introduction to finite mathematics with emphasis on economic and ^
business applications. Include sets, lines and systems of equations, matrices, linear program- ^
ming, probability, statistics, Markov processes, mathematics of finance. 3 credits. A student "^
may not receive credit toward graduation after completing MAS 1 6 1 , 1 62, or the equivalent. ^
r
161. Calculus I. The first course of a calculus sequence with emphasis on applications. "^
Functions and limits, differentiation, integration, introduction to logarithm and exponential ^
functions. Prerequisite: placement testing or MAS 102. 3 credits. A student may not receive ^
credit toward graduation after completing MAS 1 1 1 or the equivalent. ^
r
■^
162. Calculus II. Continuation of topics from MAS 161. Additional applications of ^
differentiation and integration, logarithm and exponential functions, inverse trigonometric '
and hyperbolic functions, improper integrals, Hopital's rule, infinite series, and conic
sections. Prerequisite: MAS 161. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward
graduation after completing MAS 1 12 or the equivalent.
170. Elementary Statistics. Elementary descriptive and inferential statistics. Topics include
graphical representation, measure of central tendency, probability, binomial distribution,
normal distribution, hypothesis testing, and estimation. 3 credits. A student may not receive
credit toward graduation after completing MAS 372 or the equivalent.
202. Foundations of Mathematics. Introduction to logic, set theory and cardinal numbers. ^
Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits. ^
261. Calculus III. Continuation of Analysis I, II and Calculus I and II. Prerequisite: MAS ^
1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits. ^
222. Linear Algebra. Vectors, matrices, and systems of equations. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 ^
or MAS 162. 3 credits. ^
257. Discrete Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical ideas used in computing and the '^
information sciences logic, boolean algebra, sets and sequences, matrices, combinatorics,
induction, relations, and finite graphs. Prerequisite: MAS 111 or MAS 161. 3 credits. A
student may not receive credit toward graduation after completing MAS 202 and 371.
266. Differential Equations. First and second order differential equations, partial differential
equations. Prerequisite: MAS 211. 3 credits.
270. Intermediate Statistics. An advanced version of MAS 170. Prerequisite: MAS 111,161
or permission of instructor. 3 credits. (Credit may not be received for both MAS 1 70 and 270. )
322. Abstract Algebra. Fundamentals of groups, rings, fields. Prerequisite: MAS 222. 3 credits.
80
325. Geometry. Axiomatic development of Absolute, Euclidean and non-Euclidean geom-
etries. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits.
335. Operations Research I. Linear programming, dynamic programming, integer program-
ming, queueing theory, project scheduling, stochastic simulation, and decision analysis.
Prerequisite: MAS 222, 371. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward graduation
for both MAS 335 and BUS/ECN 322.
336. Operations Research II. Continuation of topics from MAS 335, and selected topics
from goal programming, network analysis, game theory, stochastic processes, inventory
theory, forecasting, and reliability. Prerequisite: MAS 335. 3 credits.
360. The Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools. A course for those preparing to
teach mathematics at the secondary level. Topics include: issues and trends in mathematics
education, history of mathematical pedagogy, enrichment and professional development
resources, teaching techniques, and use of technology. Prerequisite: Core. 3 credits.
363. Numerical Computation. A survey with topics from: finite arithmetic, root-finding
algorithms, numerical integration and differentiation, interpolation, systems of equations,
splines, numerical solution of differential equations, Monte Carlo methods, optimization,
least squares. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162 and CSC 125. 3 credits.
371. Mathematical Probability. Random variables, discrete and continuous and distribu-
tions. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12. 3 credits.
372. Mathematical Statistics. A theoretical introduction to estimation, tests of hypotheses,
regression, and analysis of variance. Prerequisite: MAS 371. 3 credits.
411. Real Analysis. Topology of the real numbers. Continuity, convergence. Measure theory.
Lebesque Integration. Prerequisite: Core. 3 credits.
412. Functions of a Complex Variable. Analytic functions. Cauchy theorem, conformal
mapping. Prerequisite: Core. 3 credits.
471. Applied Statistics. An application oriented presentation of analysis of variance,
regressions, and time series analysis. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits.
498. Problem Solving/Recreational Math. A survey of interesting, challenging, and enter-
taining problems with emphasis on problem solving techniques. Prerequisite: Core. 1 credit.
499. Famous Problems. A survey of famous problems from mathematics; sohed and
unsolved, ancient and modern. Prerequisite: Core. 1 credit.
81
Faculty
Lee A. Chasen, assistant professor of mathematical sciences.
Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
Awarded a Fellowship in the NExT Program for new mathematics teachers. Chasen has
strong interests in undergraduate teaching, technology in the classroom, and computer
science. He is adviser to the Math Club and newly formed Juggling Club. He also coaches
the Putnam Mathematics Competition Team.
Michael D. Fry, associate professor of mathematical sciences.
Ph.D., University of Illinois.
An avid practitioner of computer science and an accomplished mathematician, Fry heads the
Computer Science Program and is the adviser for Computer Science students. Trained as a
mathematician, he has special interests in graphics, fractals, operating systems and computer
architecture.
Bryan V. Hearsey, professor of mathematical sciences. Chairperson. Coordinator, Actuarial
Science Program.
Ph.D., Washington State University.
Coordinator of the Actuarial Science program and Department Chairman, Hearsey is an
Associate of the Society of Actuaries. He is an active member of the academic actuarial
community including membership on the SOA Career Encouragement Committee, and is the
SOA Liasion to the Mathematical Association of America.
Joerg W. P. Mayer, professor of mathematical sciences.
Ph.D., University ofGiessen.
Mayer has extensive experience in undergraduate and graduate teaching, and in government
and industrial consulting. His teaching interests lie in advanced mathematics and basic
computer science. He has had textbooks published in both areas.
Mark A. Townsend, associate professor of mathematical sciences.
Ed.D., Oklahoma State University.
A winner of the Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching, Townsend is recognized for
his exceptional interest and concern for students. His interests include numerical analysis,
teaching methods and classroom innovation for both mathematical science majors and math
students in general. He also enjoys teaching elementary computer science.
Kenneth F. Yarnall, assistant professor of mathematical sciences
Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
The latest addition to the department, Yarnall joins us after teaching at The College of
William and Mary for three years, where he was named by a student publication as one of the
best professors on campus. His mathematical interests are in harmonic analysis, and he also
has studied computer science, especially operating systems and language design.
82
Professor Chasen works with his classes to make mathematics interesting and fun.
Timothy M. Dewald, adjunct instructor in mathematical sciences.
M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School.
Dewald is interested in the history of mathematics and enjoys teaching students with "math
anxiety." He teaches the pre-calculus course and concepts of mathematics. He is a winner
of the Knisely Teaching award.
Paul Henning, adjunct instructor in mathematical sciences.
M.A., Pennsylvania State University
Henning is a retired insurance executive and teaches a variety of mathematics courses.
John F. Nau Jr., adjunct assistant professor of mathematical sciences.
M.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute.
Interested in mathematical modeling in teaching systems management. Teaching specialty
is applied mathematics. Nau teaches evening courses.
83
MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM
The Military Science Program adds another dimension to a Lebanon Valley College liberal
arts education with courses that develop a student's ability to organize, motivate and lead.
Participation in military science courses during the freshman and sophomore years results in
no military obligation. Courses during these years orient students on the various roles of
Army officers. Specifically, these courses stress self-development: written and oral commu-
nication skills, leadership, bearing and self-confidence.
Individuals who elect to continue in the program during the junior and senior years will
receive a commission as a second lieutenant in the United States Army, The U.S. Army
Reserve or The Army National Guard, upon graduation. Then they will serve three months
to four years in the active Army, depending upon the type of commission.
Options are available for those individuals who encounter scheduling conflicts or who desire
to begin participation after their freshman year. Contact the Professor of Military Science,
Dickinson College, 717-245-1221, for further information.
Program participants may take part in various enrichment activities during the academic
year: rappelling, rifle qualification, cross-country skiing, white-water rafting, leadership
exercises, land navigation, orientation trips and formal social functions. Program participants
may also apply for special training courses during the summer: airborne, air assault and
northern warfare schools.
Financial Assistance: Books and equipment for military science courses and the ROTC
program are provided free of charge to all cadets. All juniors and seniors in the ROTC
program (Advanced Course) and scholarship cadets are paid a tax-free subsistence allow-
ance of $150 per month and receive certain other benefits.
Scholarships: Army ROTC scholarships based on merit are available. Scholarships are
awarded in four varieties or tiers. Tier I provides $12,800 annually in tuition assistance
coupled with $450 in book fees and $150 per month ($1,500 annually) in spending money.
Tier II provides $9,000 annually with the same book fee and spending allowance. Tier III
provides $5,000 annually, with the same book fee and spending allowance. Tier IV provides
$3,000 annually and the monthly spending allowance. Cadets and other Lebanon Valley
students may compete for three-year and two-year scholarships. Recipients agree to a service
obligation. Lebanon Valley will provide a supplement to the Tier I and II scholarships. For
more information, contact the Professor of Military Science at 717-245-1221.
Corresponding Studies Program: Students participating in an off-campus study program in
the United States or abroad may continue participation in either the Army ROTC Basic
Course or Advanced Course and receive the same course credit and benefits as a student
enrolled in the on-campus program. Scholarship students also are eligible to participate.
Advanced Leadership Practicum: The practicum consists of a six-week summer training
program at an Army installation that stresses the application of military skills to rapidly
changing situations. Participants are evaluated on their ability to make sound decisions, to
direct group efforts toward the accomplishment of common goals and to meet the mental and
physical challenges presented to them. Completion of this practicum is required prior to
commissioning and is normally attended between the junior and senior years. Participants
receive room, board, travel expenses, medical care, and pay.
84
Degree Requirements:
Requirements: MIL 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 401, 402; HIS 327.
Courses in Military Science (MIL):
101, 102. Introduction to Military Science. Emphasizes developing self-confidence and
bearing. Instruction and weekly practical training in the basic skills of map reading,
rappelling, weapons, communications, first aid, tactical movements, customs, courtesies,
public speaking, and leadership. Meets one hour per week; two or three Saturdays of
adventure training; and one formal social event each semester. 1 credit each semester.
201, 202. Application of Military Science. Advanced instruction in topics introduced in the
first year. Participation in operations and basic tactics to demonstrate leadership problems
and to develop leadership skills. Meets two hours per week each semester; two or three
Saturdays of adventure training; and one formal social event each semester. 1 credit each
semester.
301, 302. Advanced Application of Military Science. Emphasis on leadership. Situations
require direct interaction with other cadets and test the student's ability to meet goals and to
get others to do the same. Students master basic tactical skills of the small unit leader. Meets
two hours per week and selected weekends each semester. Prerequisite; Open only to
Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester.
401, 402. Command and Staff Emphasis is placed on developing planning and decision-
making capabilities in the areas of military operations, logistics, and administration. Meets
two hours per week and selected weekends each semester. Prerequisite. Open onh to
Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester.
Faculty
Harry D. Owens, professor of military science.
J.D., University of Detroit School of Law. Lieutenant Colonel. United States Army.
Daniel A. Daley, assistant professor of military science.
B.S.. Appalachian State University. Captain, i'nited States Army.
Robert F. Hepner, assistant professor of military science.
B.S.. Mansfield University (f Pennsylvania. Captain. United States .Army.
Edward J. Siegfried, assistant professor of military science.
B.S., North Carolina Agricultural andTechnical State University. Captain. L nited Slates. Army.
Johnny E. Jackson, senior instructor in miliiar\ science.
Master Sergeant, United States Army.
Victor L. Cobb, training and operations non-commissioned officer.
Sergeant First Class. United States Army.
85
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
Students in the Department of Music may major in one of three areas : music, music education,
or music recording technology. Each student, regardless of major, is required to take a core
of courses in music theory and music history. Each student also completes additional course
work particular to his/her area of interest.
Music Program
Music majors will exhibit proficiency at the piano and in voice, each to be determined by jury .
Precise requirements for these proficiencies and the recital attendance requirement are found
in the Department of Music Student Handbook. To prepare for proficiency juries, students
can take MSC 510 and/or 520. Music majors will be in at least one major performing
ensemble (identified as either Marching Band, Symphonic Band, College Choir, Concert
Choir, or Symphony Orchestra) each fall and spring semester. All students may earn up to
12 credits for ensemble participation. They will enroll in private study on their principal
instrument/voice during each fall and spring semester.
Students registered for private instruction in the department are not permitted to study in that
instructional area on a private basis with another instructor, on or off campus, at the same time.
Degree Requirements:
The Bachelor of Arts in music (B.A.) is designed for those students preparing for a career in
music with a strong liberal arts background. All B.A. candidates will take an hour lesson per
week in their principal performance medium. Students in the jazz studies concentration will
take 530 private applied and 530 jazz studies each semester to fulfill this requirement. The
theory/composition concentration students will take 530 private applied and 530 individual
composition each semester to fulfill this requirement. B.A. in music students are expected to
give a one-half junior recital, and a full senior recital. These are given in consultation with
and at the recommendation of their private instructor and a pre-performance jury. Concen-
trations identified in the Department of Music Student Handbook include: piano, organ,
voice, instrumental, sacred music, jazz studies, and theory /composition.
Degree: Bachelor of Arts in music.
Majors: Core courses in all music degree programs are: MSC 099, 115, 116, 117, 1 18, 215,
217, 246, 328, 341 and 342. MSC 530 for B.S. and B.M. candidates, and MSC 540 for B.A.
candidates. In addition, music majors will be in either MSC 601, 602. 603 or 604 each
semester, exceptions noted previously.
Music (B.A.): Core courses plus: Piano concentration: MSC 216, 306, 316, 406 and 600;
Voice concentration: MSC 216,233,326 and 327; Organ concentration: MSC 216, 316, 351,
and 352; Instrumental concentration: MSC 216, 345, 403, 405 and 416; Sacred Music
concentration: MSC 216, 347, 351 or 334, and 422; Jazz Studies concentration: MSC 120,
218, 416 and 500: Senior Project; Theory/Composition concentration: MSC 216, 315, 329,
416 and 500: Senior Composition Project.
86
Minor: MSC 099 (two semesters), 100, 1 15, 1 16, 1 17, 341 or 342 plus one music literature
elective: MSC 120, 200, 341 or 342. Minors also take MSC 530 for four semesters and must
Darticipate in a music ensemble for four semesters.
Student Recital
Student recitals are of inestimable value to all music students in acquainting them with a wide
■ange of the best music literature, and in developing musical taste and discrimination.
Performing in a recital provides the experience of appearing before an audience and helps to
levelop self reliance and confident stage demeanor. Students at all levels of performance
ibility appear on regularly scheduled student recitals depending on their degree program.
Derformance readiness, and in consultation with the private teacher.
Courses in Music (MSC):
199. Recital Attendance. Designed for music majors and minors and graded on a satisfactory/
jnsatisfactory basis. Music core course. credits.
100. Introduction to Music. For the non-music major, a survey of Western music designed
:o increase the individual's musical perception. 3 credits.
110. Class Piano for Beginners. 1 credit.
111. Class Guitar for Beginners. Student provides their own instrument. 1 credit.
115. Harmony I. A study of the rudiments of music and their notation. Harmonization of
Tielodies and basses with fundamental triads. Analysis. Music core course. 2 credits.
116. Harmony II. A study of diatonic tonal harmony, including all triads and seventh chords,
lonharmonic material and elementary modulation. Music core course. 2 credits.
117. Ear Training and Sight Singing I. The singing and aural recognition of intervals, scales.
;riads and simple harmonic progressions. Music core course. 2 credits.
118. Ear Training and Sight Singing II. A continuation of MSC 1 17. emphasizing clef
"eading, modality, modulation and more complicated rhythmic devices and harmonic
patterns. Music core course. 2 credits.
120. American Music History. A historical survey of American music emphasizing stylistic
developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the present. Includes
American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. 3 credits.
123. Brass I. A study of the trumpet and trombone. Emphasis on pedagogical techniques.
1 credit.
124. Brass II. A study of the remainder of the brass family (horn, baritone, tuba). Emphasis
on pedagogical techniques. Mixed brass ensemble experience. 1 credit.
87
127. Percussion I. A study of the snare drum. 1/2 credit.
r
r
200. Topics in Music. Designed primarily for the non-music major, the course will focus on ^
genre and period studies. 3 credits.
r
215. Harmony III. A study of chromatic tonal harmony, including secondary dominants, ^
augmented sixth chords, tertian extensions, altered chords and advanced modulation. Music
core course. 2 credits.
r
r
C
216. Harmony IV. A study of 20th century compositional techniques, including modal and
whole-tone materials, quartal harmony, polychords, atonality, serialism and various rhyth-
mic and metric procedures. 2 credits. ^
217. Ear Training and Sight Singing HI. A continuation of MSC 118, emphasizing ^
chromatic materials and more complex modulations, chord types, rhythms and meters. Music ^
core course. 2 credits. ^
218. Jazz Theory. A study of jazz theory, including notation, extended chords, improvision ^
and practice. Prerequisites: MSC 1 15, 1 16, and 215.2 credits. ^
220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education majors ^
c
in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, singing,
notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. 3 credits. { Cross-listed as Elemen-
tary Education 220. } ^
228. Percussion II. A study of the remainder of the percussion instruments (timpani, bass ^
drum and others). 1/2 credit. ^
231. Woodwind I. A study of the woodwind family (flute, oboe, saxophone, bassoon). 1 credit.
232. Woodwind II. A continuing study of the woodwind family. 1 credit.
c
c
c
233. Diction. An introduction to the pronunciation of singer's English, German, French, ^
Italian, and Latin, utilizing the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required of voice concen-
tration majors, the course is open to other students with permission of the instructor. 2 credits
246. Principles of Conducting. Principles of conducting and baton technique. Students
conduct ensembles derived from class personnel. Music core course. 2 credits.
280. Field Practicum in Music Education. Supervised field experiences in appropriate
settings. Required pass/fail. Prerequisites: EDU 1 10 and permission. 1-3 credit(s).
306. Piano Literature. A survey of the development of the piano and its literature with
emphasis on piano methods books and related materials. 2 credits.
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
315. Counterpoint. Introductory work in strict counterpoint through three- and four-part
*vork in all the species. 2 credits.
U6. Keyboard Harmony. Score reading and the realization of figured bass at the keyboard,
ransposition, and improvisation. The successful completion of a piano jury is required for
idmission to the course. 2 credits.
U6. Vocal Literature. A survey of solo vocal literature with emphasis on teaching repertoire.
Extensive listening is required. Students may have opportunities to perform the works
tudied. 2 credits.
'27. Vocal Pedagogy. This course prepares the advanced voice student to teach private
essons at the secondary school level. Students are expected to develop vocal exercise
>rocedures. become familiar with suitable teaching repertoire and apply teaching procedures
n a laboratory situation. Selected writings in vocal pedagogy and voice therapy will be
tudied. 2 credits.
28. Form and Analysis I. A study through analysis and listening of simple and compound
orms, variations, contrapuntal forms, rondo and sonata forms. Emphasis is placed primarily
pon structural content. The course provides experience and skill in both aural and visual
nalysis. Music core course. 2 credits.
29. Form and Analysis II. A study through analysis and listening of fugal forms, suite,
|omplex sonata forms and techniques for analysis of certain contemporary styles of music.
credits.
33. Methods and Materials, General Music: Elementary. A comprehensive study of
eneral music teaching at the elementary school level, the philosophy of music education,
aried approaches for developing conceptual learning and music skills, creative applications,
nd analysis of materials. 3 credits.
34. Choral Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, and approaches
ppropriate for choral and general music classes in grades 6-12. 3 credits.
35. Instrumental Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, philosophy, and
lethods applicable to the teaching of instrumental ensembles (including marching band)
om elementary through high school levels. 3 credits.
36. Music Education Field Practicum. Students are placed in schools one hour per w eek
here they are involved in a teaching/learning environment. 1 credit.
37. String I. A study of violin, viola, cello, string bass. 1 credit.
38. String II. A continuation of MSC 337. 1 credit.
89
341. History and Literature of Music I. A survey course in the history of Western music (in ^
the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments and ^
illustrative musical examples, from early music through the Baroque era. 3 credits. y^
342. History and Literature of Music H. A survey course in the history of Western music "
(in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments >#
and illustrative musical examples, from the classical period to the present. Music core course. '■-
3 credits. ^
345. Advanced Instrumental Conducting. Emphasis on practical work with instrumental ^-
groups. Rehearsal techniques are applied through individual experience. 2 credits. '^
347. Advanced Choral Conducting. Emphasis is on advanced technique with and without "-
baton, score preparation, interpretation and pedagogy relating to choral organizations. 2 credits. ^
351. Organ Literature. A historical survey of representative organ literature from earliest ^
times to the present day. 2 credits. "
352. Organ Pedagogy. Designed with a practical focus, this course surveys various methods ^-
of organ teaching. Laboratory teaching and selection of appropriate technical materials for ^
all levels are included. 2 credits. s,
401. Instrument Repair. A laboratory course in diagnosing and making minor repair of band ^
and orchestral instruments. 2 credits. s»
403. Instrumental Pedagogy. A survey of teaching materials that relate to the student's ^
performance area. Students may be expected to apply teaching procedures in a laboratory ,^
situation. 2 credits. ^
405. Instrumental Literature. A survey of literature (solo and chamber) that relate to the >,
student's performance area. 2 credits.
406. Piano Pedagogy. A practical course that explores fundamental principles necessary to ^
be an effective piano teacher. Subjects include practice techniques, memorization and the
selection of appropriate technical materials for both beginners and advanced students.
Laboratory teaching may be required of the student. 2 credits. w
416. Orchestration. A study of instrumentation and the devices and techniques for scoring *
transcriptions, arrangements and solos for orchestra and band, with special emphasis on >.,.
practical scoring for mixed ensembles as they occur in public schools. Laboratory analysis /--
and performance. Scoring of original works. 2 credits.
422. Church Music Methods and Administration. A course that acquaints students with the r~
church music program. Includes the development of a choir program, methods and tech-
niques of rehearsal, budget preparation, and committee and pastoral relationships. 3 credits. ^
^-
90
t41. Student Teaching. Music education majors spend a semester in the music department
)f a school district under the supervision of cooperating teachers. Prerequisites:
1 ) a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 during the first six semesters
(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 1995).
2) successful completion of piano and voice juries.
3) completion of music core courses and MSC 123, 124, 127, 216, 228, 231, 232,
316, 333, 334 ,335, 336, including field experiences, 345 or 347 and EDU 110.
4) approval of the music faculty. Students are responsible for transportation; the
college cannot ensure that student teaching placement can be in a local geographic area.
8/4 for a total of 12 credits.
00. Independent Study. See requirements on page 27. 1-3 credit(s).
10. Class Piano Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal piano skills,
'reparation for department piano proficiency requirements. 1 credit.
20. Class Voice Instruction. Designed for but not restricted to music majors with minimal
ocal skills. Preparation for department voice proficiency requirements. 1 credit.
30. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 1 credit.
40. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 2 credits.
00. Accompanying. Under the guidance of a piano instructor the piano concentration
tudent prepares accompaniments for recital performance. One credit per semester is given
3r one solo recital or two half recitals. A maximum of two credits, usually distributed over
le last three years, may be earned. 1-2 credit(s).
lusic Ensembles
01. Marching Band. The principal band experience during the fall semester open to all
;udents by audition. Performs for home football games. Practical lab experience for music
ducation majors. One semester satisfies one unit of physical activity of the general
ducation requirements. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
02. Symphonic Band. The principal band experience during the spring semester, open to
11 students by audition. The Symphonic Band performs original literature and arrangements
f standard repertoire. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
03. Symphony Orchestra. Various symphonic literature is studied and performed. In the
cond semester the orchestra accompanies soloists in a concerto-aria concert and on
ccasion combines with choral organizations for the performance of a major work. Open to
II students by audition. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
91
604. Concert Choir.
Sec. 1. Open to all students by audition, the Concert Choir performs all types of
choral literature. In addition to local concerts, the Choir tours annually. Satisfies large
ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
604. College Choir.
Sec. 2. Open to all students by audition, the College Choir performs all types of
choral literature. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
605. Chamber Choir. Open to all students by audition, the Chamber Choir performs chamber
vocal literature from madrigals to vocal jazz. 1/2 credit.
610. Woodwind Ensembles.
Sec. 1. Clarinet Choir. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Woodwind Quintet. 1/2 credit.
Sec. 2. Flute Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4. Saxophone Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
615. Brass Ensembles.
Sec. 1. Brass Quintet. 1/2 credit.
Sec. 2. Tuba Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Low Brass Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
616. Percussion Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
620. String Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
625. Jazz Ensembles.
Sec. 1. Jazz Band. 1/2 credit. Sec. 2. Small Jazz Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
630. Chamber Ensembles.
Sec. 1. Guitar Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
635. Handbell Choir. 1/2 credit.
Music Education Program
The Bachelor of Science in music education (B.S.), approved by the Pennsylvania Depart-
ment of Education and accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music, is
designed for the preparation of public school music teachers, kindergarten through grade 12,
instrumental and vocal. Piano and voice proficiencies for the music education major prepare
the candidate to meet the standards of the Pennsylvania Department of Education and are
administered by competency jury . Students participate in student teaching in area elementary
and secondary schools. In all field experiences, as well as the student teaching semester, each
student is responsible for transportation arrangements. During the student teaching semester,
the candidate is not required to register for recital attendance, private lessons, or an ensemble.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science in music education.
92
Ausic Education (B.S.): Core courses plus: MSC 123, 124, 127, 216, 228, 231, 232, 316,
i33, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 345 or 347, 416, 441; EDU 1 10; PSY 210, 220; and a 2.50
umulative grade point average. Music education majors are permitted to register for only
)ne half-hour lesson in their principal performance medium during the student teaching
emester if they are preparing a recital.
Music Recording Technology Program
he Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology (B.M.) is designed to
repare students for today's rapidly developing interactive media and music recording
idustries.
degree Requirements:
)egree: Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology.
iusic Recording Technology (B.M.): Core courses plus: MRT 2 1 9, 277, 278, 37 1 , 372. 38 1 ,
82, 400, 471, 473, 474; PHY 103, 104, 203, 212, 350; and MAS 102 (or higher).
"ourses in Music Recording Technology (MRT):
179. Ear Training for Recording Engineers. Critical listening skills are developed through
lass demonstration and ear-training exercises. Specific skills include hearing and discrimi-
ating frequencies, levels, processing, phase, etc. while listening musically to various
roduction styles. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 1 credit.
77. Recording Arts I. Fundamentals of the recording arts including basic audio signal and
:oustics theory, recording consoles, microphone design and technique, and signal process-
ig. Students work in on-campus studios to complete lab assignments and projects. 3 credits.
78. Recording Arts II. Multitrack studio production techniques are developed through class
iscussion, demonstration, and project assignments. Theory and application of MIDI
chnology and its integration into music production is emphasized. Students use the studios
)r assignments and individual projects. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 3 credits.
71. Music Industry I. Topics discussed include: how the music business operates.
)ngwriting and music publishing, copyright law, music licensing, record companies and
;cording contracts. 3 credits. Prerequisite: permission ofthe instructor. (Writing Intensive)
72. Music Industry II. Topics discussed include: music merchandising, retail, entrepre-
urship, promotion, advertising, and distribution; music for telecommunications and new
kedia. Prerequisite: MRT 371 and permission ofthe instructor. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive)
51. Tonmeister Recording. Students use the art of recording live ensembles, focusing on
tnmeister recording techniques and philosophy. Prerequisite: MRT 278. 1 credit.
52. Music Production Seminar. Advanced issues of music production are discussed and
■acticed. These include musicality. client relations, engineering, budgets, etc. An individual
93
emphasis is provided to help the student focus on these technical, artistic, organizational, and
personal aspects. The course centers around completion of a major project. Prerequisite:
MRT381. 2 credits.
471. Digital Audio Technology. An in-depth examination ofthe principles and applications
of digital audio in today's recording and interactive media industries. Topics discussed
include: digital audio fundamentals, recording and reproduction systems theory, computer-
based recording and editing, and audio for CD-ROM; and other new media apphcations.
Prerequisite: MRT 382. 3 credits.
473. New Media Technology. The world of interactive media is explored. Students are
exposed to a variety of multimedia technologies such as digital video, digital imaging,
animation, 3-D modeling, and authoring systems. Industry-standard software packages such
as Director, Premiere, Photoshop, HyperCard, etc. are used for demonstrations and projects.
Prerequisite: MRT 473. 3 credits.
474. Interactive Media Production. Using developed skills in music, recording arts, and
computer systems students will work with multimedia authoring systems to design and
complete a project. Emphasis is on appropriate use of technology, creativity, and function-
ality of product design. Prerequisite: MRT 473. 3 credits.
400. Internship. Practical on-the-job experience provides students insight, exposure, and
experience in an area of interest within the music/interactive media industry. Prerequisites:
MRT 382 and permission of the program director. 3 credits. The internship can be taken
either in the last semester, in the summer between junior and senior years, or full-time in the
last semester for 12 credits. A full-time internship, if all other coursework is completed,
allows students to relocate for the term. If a full-time internship is chosen, then Interactive
Media Production will be waived.
500. Independent Study. 1-3 credit(s).
Faculty
George D. Curfman, professor emeritus of music education. Acting chairperson, Fall 1996.
Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
He serves as a consultant/clinician for the Pennsylvania Music Educators Association and
advises the campus Pennsylvania Collegiate Music Education Association.
Johannes M. Dietrich, assistant professor of music.
D.M.A., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music.
Dietrich teaches violin, viola, the string methods courses, and the music history sequence. He
directs the Lebanon Valley College Symphony Orchestra, coaches chamber ensembles and
performs solo recitals.
94
Scott H. Eggert, associate professor of music.
D.M.A., University of Kansas.
Eggert teaches music theory, composition, music history, class and appHed piano. He is
active as a composer and has premiered major works on and off campus.
Robert H. Hearson, associate professor of music.
Ed.D., University of Illinois.
A low brass specialist, Hearson directs the bands, teaches courses in instrumental music
education and brass pedagogy, and supervises music student teaching activities. He is
founder/director of the LVC Summer Music Camp and host conductor/coordinator of the
LVC Honors Band. He maintains a special interest in brass ensemble music, and is active as
a performer, clinician, adjudicator, and guest conductor.
Barry R. Hill, assistant professor of music.
M.M., New York University.
Hill is the director of the music technology program. A member of the National Academy of
Recording Arts and Sciences, he has a significant background of experience including record
production, interactive media, MIDI/electronic music, live reinforcement, and studio/system
design. He teaches music technology courses, supervises development of the on-campus
studios, and administers the internship program.
Mary L. Lemons, assistant professor of music.
Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Coordinator of music education, she teaches music education methods courses, arranges and
supervises music student teaching, and advises the campus MENC student chapter.
[ark L. Mecham, professor of music. Chairperson.
).M.A.. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
lis doctorate is in choral music, and he has experience in choral conducting, music education,
md voice. Conductor of the LVC Concert Choir and Chamber Choir, Mecham also serves
IS adjudicator, clinician, and consultant.
'hilip G. Morgan, associate professor of music.
'.S., Pittsburg State University (Kansas).
organ teaches applied voice with specialization in vocal technique, vocal pedagogy and
ocal literature. He performs frequently in solo recitals, oratorios, and chamber recitals in the
pnited States and Europe. He serves as vocal coach for Hershey Park's summer shows.
uzanne Caldwell Riehl, assistant professor of music.
jVf.M.. Westminster Choir College.
iehl teaches applied organ and piano, class piano and sacred music courses. She performs
requently in solo organ and harpsichord recitals.
"homas M. Strohman, instructor in music.
IS., Lebanon Valley College.
95
He is responsible for woodwind studies, jazz studies, and directs the jazz ensembles. A
founding member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," he has recorded for Columbia Artists.
Dennis W. Sweigart, professor of music.
D.M.A., University of Iowa.
Sweigart teaches applied piano and courses in keyboard harmony, form and analysis and
piano pedagogy. He regularly performs as a soloist and as an accompanist.
Susan Szydlowski, director of special music programs.
B.A., Colby College.
She has pursued graduate studies at Temple University.
Teresa R. Bowers, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.M., Ohio State University.
Bowers teaches applied flute, double reeds, flute pedagogy, and conducts the flute ensemble.
She is a member of Duo Francais, a flute-harp duo. and appears as a recitalist and clinician.
Erwin P. Chandler, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.M., Indiana University.
He teaches applied horn and is active as a composer/arranger and conductor.
James A. Erdman II, adjunct instructor in music.
Retired solo trombonist, "The Presidents Own" United States Marine Band, Washington,
D.C. He teaches low brass instruments and is founder and director of the LVC Low Brass
Ensemble. He performs on the trombone and appears nationally as a soloist and clinician.
Timothy M. Erdman, adjunct instructor in music.
B.S., Temple University .
Formerly trumpet soloist, "The President's Own" United States Marine Band, Washington,
D.C; Erdman has been principal trumpet with the Harrisburg and Reading Symphonies.
Instructor of applied trumpet, he is a member of "BasicTy Brass," a professional brass
quintet.
Scott Fredrickson, adjunct associate professor of music.
D.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Director of the Music Business Program at University of Massachusetts-Lowell, Fredrickson
teaches the music industry courses for the music technology program at LVC. He has
extensive experience in the music industry as composer, producer, musician, and clinician.
He has authored two textbooks on scat singing and show choir methods, and is President of
Scott Music Publications, a music publishing company.
Nevelyn J. Knisley, adjunct associate professor of music.
M.F.A., Ohio University.
Knisley performs extensively as a piano soloist, accompanist and chamber music performer.
She serves as faculty adviser to Sigma Alpha Iota, the women's music fraternity.
96
James E. Miller, adjunct instructor in music.
A member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," his teaching specialty is string bass and
electric bass. He has played with several regional symphonies in the area.
Joseph D. Mixon, adjunct assistant professor of music.
MM., Combs College of Music.
He is a professional guitarist in the tri-state area and teaches private lessons and class guitar.
Robert A. Nowak, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.M., University of Miami.
He teaches percussion and directs the Percussion Ensemble.
Victoria Rose, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.M., Towson State University.
Teaching class voice and private lessons, she is an active recitalist and oratorio soloist in
Central Pennsylvania, Philadelphia and Baltimore.
Robert Siemers, adjunct instructor in music.
M.M., Eastman School of Music.
He teaches applied piano and is an active performer in the region.
David Still, adjunct instructor in music.
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University'
He is an environmental acoustics engineer specializing in structural acoustics, roadway
projects, etc. Still has a long track record as recording engineer, studio and facility designer.
and producer, including Grammy-winning projects for Muddy Waters. He teaches the
musical acoustics and audio electronics classes for the music technology program.
William F. Stine, adjunct instructor in music.
M.M., West Chester University.
A music educator for Manheim Township School District and owner of Underground Sound
recording studio. Stine has years of experience in music performance, education, and
production. He teaches an advanced recording production class for the music technolog)
program, emphasizing real-world experiences and one-on-one supervision for students.
Edward VanLandeghem, adjunct instructor in music.
B.M., Lebanon Valley College.
VanLandeghem is a mastering engineer for KAO Optical Products in Lancaster, Pa. He
teaches an advanced recording production class for the music technology program, empha-
sizing real-world experiences and one-on-one supervision for students.
97
PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM
Although the college does not offer a major in physical education, two units of physical
education are required for graduation. The program encourages attitudes and habits of good
health, while developing physical capacities and skills that will enrich life.
Courses in Physical Education (PED):
102. Aerobic Exercises. A combination of exercise and dance steps in rhythmic movements.
The course promotes the value of a total fitness program, including diet and weight control
and heart rate monitoring.
113. Bowling. Instruction in the techniques, etiquette, history and method of scoring. About
eight weeks will be spent in league play.
122. Fitness. Examination of varied programs for fitness, with emphasis on diet and weight
control, cardiovascular efficiency, strength improvement, and flexibility training.
125. Golf. Instruction in the techniques, tactics, rules and etiquette of golf
735. Racquetball. Instruction in the tactics, techniques and different forms of competition
used in racquetball.
146. Tennis. Instruction in the techniques, rules and tactics, with extensive practice in singles
and doubles.
160. Swimming. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction.
162. Water Exercise. Includes water-walking, water running and other aerobic water
exercises for swimmers and non-swimmers. Utilizes water as resistance to improve strength
and cardiovascular endurance.
167. Scuba. Instruction by certified dive shop. Learn to use the equipment in sports center
pool and then go to various sites for dives.
168. Life Guarding. The primary purpose of the American Red Cross Lifeguarding program
is to provide lifeguard candidates and lifeguards with the skills and knowledge necessary to
keep the patrons of aquatic facilities safe in and around the water. After successfully
completing the requirements of the course, students will be certified in:
Lifeguarding (3 year certification)
First Aid (3 year certification)
CPR for the Professional Rescuer ( 1 year certification)
169. Water Safety Instructor. This course is designed to provide students with the skills,
knowledge, and experience needed to become certified to teach the following Red Cross
Swimming and Water Safety courses:
98
Infant and Preschool Aquatics Program (IPAP)
Levels 1 through 7 Learn to Swim Progression
Basic Water Safety
Emergency Water Safety
Water Safety Instructor Aide
170. Skiing. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction at Blue Marsh Ski Area.
180. Team Sports. Softball, volleyball and basketball, four to five weeks of each, emphasiz-
ing team concepts.
190. Varsity Sports. Participation in an intercollegiate varsity sport or cheerleading.
Students shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected from a list of
approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education requirement by taking
the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one physical education unit
waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season of a varsity sport, one
semester of marching band, or one semester of military science (Army ROTC Cadets only).
Students must sign up for the varsity sport course during the semester of their sport or activity.
Faculty
O. Kent Reed, associate professor of physical education. Program director.
M.A. in Ed., Eastern Kentucky University.
He instructs the fitness and weight training classes and utilizes body fat percentages, pulse
rate and recovery, strength testing devices and workout charts. He also mstructs team
activities such as Softball and volleyball. Responsibilities in the athletic program are track and
field and cross country.
99
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Physics Program
Physics, the most fundamental science of the physical world, combines the excitement oi
experimental discovery and the beauty of mathematics. The program in physics at Lebanon!
Valley College is designed to develop an understanding of the fundamental laws dealing with
motion, force, energy, heat, light, electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear structure,
and the properties of matter.
Students major in physics as a preparation for professional careers in industry as physicistsi
and engineers, and education as high school and college teachers. Other possibilities include
technical writing, sales and marketing. Physics students can continue their professional
training by going to graduate school in physics and engineering, or to other professional
schools offering degrees in such fields as health physics and business.
The facilities of the Physics Department are located on the fourth floor of the Garber Science
Center. In addition to the introductory physics laboratory, the department maintains an x-ray
laboratory, optics laboratory, atomic physics laboratory, electronics laboratory, and nuclear
physics laboratory. Students majoring in physics also have the opportunity to use equipment
(e.g., electron microscope, mass spectrometer, nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer)
maintained by other science departments.
Students majoring in physics take advantage of close contact with faculty, work as paid
laboratory assistants, pursue independent study or research, and participate in the local
chapter of the Society of Physics Students. Summer research opportunities, supported by
college funds or external grants, are available for physics students.
Students majoring in physics also have a unique opportunity for study abroad. A student can
spend a semester, typically in the senior year, as a physics student at Lancaster University
in England. This opportunity combines a continuing education in physics with the richness
of an international experience.
The Physics Department also directs the "3+2" Engineering program. For details see
Cooperative Programs, page 24.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in physics.
Major: PHY 1 1 1, 1 12, 21 1, 31 1, 312, 321, 322, plus six additional semester hours above 21 1
(at least two in experimental physics) ; MAS 1 6 1 , 1 62, 2 1 1 and 266 or MAS 111,112,211
and 266. (43-46 credits)
Minor: PHY 1 1 1, 1 12 (or 103, 104), 211, plus six credits in physics above 211; MAS 1 1 1
or 161. (21-23 credits)
100
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in physics must
take PHY 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10andSED420,430and
440.
Courses in Physics (PHY):
100. Physics and Its Impact. A course that acquaints the student with some ot the important
concepts ol physics, both classical and modern, and with the scientific methcxJ. its nature and
its limitations. The role of physics in the history of thought and its relationships to other
disciplines and to society and government arc considered. The weekly two-hour laborator\
period provides experience in the acquisition, representation, and analysis of experimental
data, and demonstration of the physical phenomena with which the course deals. 4 credits.
103, 104. General College Physics 1,11. An introduction to the fundamental concepts and
laws of the various branches of physics, including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity,
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure, with laboratory work in each area.
4 credits per semester.
///, 112. Principles of Physics I, II. An introductory course in classical ph>sics. designed
for students who desire a rigorous mathematical approach to college physics. Calculus is
used throughout. The first semester is devoted to mechanics and heat, and the second
semester to electricity, magnetism, and optics, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite
or corequisite: MAS 111 or 161.4 credits per semester.
203. Musical Acoustics. The study of wave motion, analysis, and synthesis of waves and
signals, physical characteristics of musical sounds, musical instruments, the acoustical
properties of rooms and studio design principles. Prerequisite: PHY 103 or 112 or
permission. 3 credits.
211. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. An introduction to modem physics, including the
foundation of atomic ph\ sics. quantum theory of radiation, the atomic nucleus. radioacti\ it\ .
andnuclearreactions. with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PH^' 104 or I 12.M.AS
III or 161. or permission. 4 credits.
212. Introduction to Electronics. The physics of electrons and electronic devices, including
diodes, transistors, pow er supplies, amplifiers, oscillators. s\\ itching circuits, and integrated
circuits, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PH"^' 104 or 112. or permission.
4 credits.
302. Optics. A stud\ o\ the pin sics o^ light, with emphasis on the mathematics o\ \va\e
motion and the interference, diffraction and polarization of electromagnetic \\a\es. The
course also includes geometric optics w ith applications to thick lens, lens systems, and fiber
optics. Prerequisites: PH^■ 1 12 and .\1.\S I 12. 3 credits.
304. Thermodynamics. .\ stud\ o\ the pli\ sics o\ heat, u ith emphasis on the first and second
laws o{ ilierniod\iuimics. Applications o\ thermodynamics to physics and engineering are
101
included. Elements of kinetic theory and statistical physics are developed. Prerequisites:
PHY 112 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits.
!
311, 312. Analytical Mechanics 1, 11. A rigorous study of classical mechanics, including thej
motion of a single particle, the motion of a system of particles, and the motion of a rigid body.
Damped and forced harmonic motion, the central force problem, the Euler description of rigid i
body motion, and the Lagrange generalization of Newtonian mechanics are among the topics
treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 1 1 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester.
321, 322. Electricity and Magnetism 1, 11. Theory of the basic phenomena of electromag-i
netism together with the application of fundamental principles of the solving of problems.
The electric and magnetic properties of matter, direct current circuits, alternating current
circuits, the Maxwell field equations, and the propagation of electromagnetic waves are
among the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester.
327, 328. Experimental Physics 1, II. Experimental work selected from the area of
mechanics, AC and DC electrical measurements, optics, atomic physics, and nuclear physics,
with emphasis on experimental design, measuring techniques, and analysis of data. Prereq-
uisite: PHY 211. 1 credit per semester.
350. Audio Electronics. A study of electronics as used in the audio and telecommunications
industries. Various principles of signals including frequency , bandwidth, modulation, and
transmission are discussed. Studio maintenance and repair techniques are emphasized.
Laboratory work included. Prerequisite: PHY 212. 3 credits.
360. The Teaching of Physics in Secondary Schools. A course designed to acquaint the
student with some of the special methods, programs, and problems in the teaching of physics
in secondary schools. Required for secondary certification in physics. 1 credit.
421, 422. Quantum Mechanics 1, 11. A study of selected topics in modem physics, utilizing
the methods of quantum mechanics. The Schrodinger equation is solved for such systems as
potential barriers, potential wells, the linear oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. Perturbation
techniques and the operator formalism of quantum mechanics are introduced where appro-
priate. Prerequisites: PHY 21 1 and MAS 266, or permission. 3 credits per semester.
Faculty
Michael A. Day, professor of physics. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
He has two doctorates: one in physics, one in philosophy. His publications are in theoretical
physics (specializing in anharmonic solids), the philosophy of science and the teaching of
physics. Day also worked for Shell Oil as a geophysicist.
Barry L. Hurst, associate professor of physics.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
His background in sputtering involves investigating the material ejected from ion bombarded
102
surfaces using the technique of secondary ion mass spectrometry. Other interests include
electronics and experimental design.
J. Robert O'Donnell, professor emeritus of physics.
M.S., University of Delaware.
He is interested in the physics of music, including the acoustical properties of the guitar.
Jacob L. Rhodes, professor emeritus of physics.
Ph.D., University oj Pennsylvania.
His background is nuclear physics with interests in the relationship of physics and society.
William Robert Miller Jr.. adjunct professor of physics.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
His background is experimental solid state physics with interests in mathematical methods
in physics.
Arlen J. (Ireiner, adjunct instructor in physics.
M.S., Franklin and Marshall Collei^e.
Having been an engineer for RCA and GE forever 25 years, his background includes physics
and engineering with a specialization in electronics.
Profess(>r Diiy \V(>rks with sfuihnis on nuiisurin\; the chari^e-lt'-nuiss ratio of electronics.
103
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE AND ECONOMICS
Political Science Program
Political scientists study government and politics with a particular interest in the political
behavior of individuals, groups, and institutions. Many pre-law students major in this
discipline (see page 106 for offerings in the pre-law program). Other majors have gone on
to graduate school or careers in politics.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in political science.
Major: PSC HI, 112, 130, 210, 220, 350 and six additional elective courses in political
science (36 credits).
Minor: PSC 1 1 1, 1 12, 130, 210, 220, and one additional elective course in pohtical science
(18 credits).
Courses in Political Science (PSC):
111. American National Government I. The nature of American democracy, constitutional
foundations of American government, the federal system, civil rights and liberties, political
behavior, political parties, and campaigns and elections. 3 credits.
112. American National Government II. The structures and functions of American govern-
ment (Presidency, Congress, courts, and bureaucracy), and the foreign and domestic policy
making process. 3 credits.
130. International Politics. The origin, forms, dynamics, and prospects of the international
political pattern, with emphasis on current developments and changing concepts in world
politics. 3 credits.
140. Modern Asia. A broadly interdisciplinary survey of the development of modem East
and Southeast Asia. The region's diverse social, cultural, political, and economic character-
istics are examined, and particular attention is given to the complex relationship between
Asia and the West. 3 credits.
150. Modern Middle East. A broadly interdisciplinary survey of the development of the
modem Middle East. The region's diverse social, cultural, political, and economic charac-
teristics are examined and particular attention given to the complex relationship between the
Middle East and the west. 3 credits.
210. Comparative Government. A comparative study of important political systems of the
world, including an introduction to the basic methodologies. PSC 111 and 112 strongly
recommended as preparation. 3 credits.
104
211. The Developing Nations. A survey ol ihe developing nations ot Latin America, Asia,
Africa, and the Middle East. The political economy of development, in both its domestic and
international dimensions is ciiiphasi/cd. Prerequisites: PSC I! I/I 12 strongly recommended.
3 credits.
216. Quantitative Methods in Behavioral Science. Evaluation of behavioral research
eniphasi/.ing ilie descriptive and inlereniial statistics used in experiments and correlational
studies. Prerequisite or coret|uisite: P.SY 100 or 1 20. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Psychology
216.)
220. Political Philosophy. A survey of Western philosophies and theories of government,
ancient and modern. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 220.)
25(i. Public Policy Analysis. This course gives students an understanding of the public policy
process and of policy analysis at the national level of government. The course includes
theories of policy-making as well as an examination of such substantive policy areas as
foreign, defense, subsidy, and redistributive policies. Prerequisites: P.SC 1 1 I and I 12. or
permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
260. The President and Congress. This course will examine the Presidenc\ and Congress as
institutions and as policy-making agencies of the government. It will focus on the necessan.
interactions between these two branches of the national gtn eminent. Prerequisite: PSC 1 1 2.
.?/2. American Foreign Policy. A survey of the external relations o\ the .American
government, emphasizing 20th centurv developments. Subjects include diplomae\ . military
affairs, geographic and regional problems, trade and aid, technolog\ and underdevelopment,
alliances, nuclear problems, and tipposing ideok>gies. PSC I 1 I and 1 12 strong!} recom-
mended as preparation. 3 credits.
315. American Constitutional Lmw I. Constitutional law and interpretation and the powers
of government. Topics include judicial review, national supremacv, private propcrtv,
contracts, commerce powers, equal rights, and civil liberties. PSC 1 I I and I 12 stronglv
recommended. 3 credits.
M6. American Constitutional Imw li. Constitutii>nai law and inter}iretation and the Bill of
Rights, limphasis is given to civil liberties, equal rights, and rights of the accused. PSC 1 1 1
and 1 12 strongly recommended. 3 credits.
320. Electoral Politics. The tiv iiamics ot the electoral priK-ess. w iih emphasis on presidential
and congressiiMiai elections aiul the vo\c o\' parties, public opinion, and interest groups. 3
credits.
.?.?f>. State and local Government. Governmental institutions, characteristics of slate and
local political svstems and the majiM' inter governmental problems in state and kval
ivIatuMis with the federal governmeni. 3 credits.
lOS
350. Seminar in Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science majors to
pursue a research interest within a broad topic area prescribed for each semester the seminar
is given. Students will present their work at an undergraduate research conference. 3 credits.
Prerequisites: major in political science and junior or senior standing.
415. Foundations of American Law. An historical survey of American legal development
from colonial times to the present. The course is a supplement to Constitutional Law.
Strongly recommended for pre-law students. Prerequisite: PSC 111, 112 or permission of
the instructor. 3 credits.
420. Seminar in World Politics. A consideration of significant theories of international
relations and their applicability to such selected contemporary issues as superpower rela-
tions, conflict resolution, arms control, and economic interdependence. Prerequisites: PSC
130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
Economics Program
Economists study the economic system and the actors and factors within that system. In
addition to the traditional major in economics which deals with decisions and choices made
by individuals and firms, the department offers a concentration in public policy. This
concentration includes courses in political science as well as government service-oriented
internships and emphasizes the application of economic methodology and analytical tools to
the choices made by society as a whole.
Degree Requirements:
Degrees: Bachelor of Arts with a major in economics.
Major: (Economics) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312, and four additional elective courses in
economics; ACT 161; MAS 150 or 161 or 111; MAS 170 or 270 or 372 (36 credits).
Major: (Economics: Pubhc Pohcy Concentration) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 250, 321, 400,
410, and 315 or 316; PSC HI, 112 and 250; and ACT 161, MAS 150, MAS 170 or 270 or
372 (48 credits).
Minor: (Economics) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312; and one additional economics elective
course (18 credits).
Courses in Economics (ECN):
100. Public Issue Economics. This course, for the non-major, covers public policy issues
from the viewpoint of the economist. It looks at how individuals and also groups hke
corporations and governments make decisions about how resources are used. Issues covered
remain current but may include the environment, income distribution, education, race,
gender, trade, growth and unemployment. 3 credits. (Students having completed ECN 101
and/or 102 may not receive credit for ECN 100.)
106
101. Principles oj Microeconomics. The study of how individuals and firms make choices
within the institution of free-mari<et capitahsm. Individuals decide how much of their lime
to spend working and what to buy with the earnings of their labor. Firms decide how much
to produce and in some cases what price to charge lor (heir goods. Together these choices
determine what is produced, how it is produced and lor whom it is produced in our economic
system. 3 credits.
102. Principles of Macroeconomics. This course extends the study of consumer and
producer choices to discover how they affect the nation's economy. Macroeconomics deals
with ihe economy as a whole as measured by the key variables of inflation, unemployment.
and economic growth. Fimphasis is on both Keynesian and classical theories and how they
predict what monetary and fiscal policies can be used to affect these \ ariables and reach
national economic goals. Prerequisite: ECN 101.3 credits.
201. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis. This course co\ers the major theories of
mainstream neoclassical economics. There is intensive study of the models of consumer and
firm behavior that permit understanding of how the prices and quantities of goods and
services are determined in a free market capitalistic system. The implications tor social
welfare, and equity and efficiency issues that are inherent in the free-market system are
emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
202. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis. In this course, students de\ elop a model of the
macroeconomy which permits them tt) analyze the nature of the business cycle. The
assumptions built intt) the model can be altered, rendering it capable oi examining the
macroeconomy from \ arious theoretical \ iewpoints. In addition to unemployment, inflation
and economic gri)wth, the course ct>\ers real business cycles, rational expectation and
Kicardian equiv alence and emphasizes the microeconomic foundations of macriKconomics.
Prerequisites: HCN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
250. Public Choice Economics. This ctiurse is the foundation course for the curriculum in
Public Policy, it concerns itself with how individuals and groups make decisions in the
context of the family, interest groups, bureaucracies and the government. It gi->es bcsond
individual choice and private markets to group interests and acti\ ities. It emphasizes the
ethical and political nature o^ all economic choice^. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102.
3 credits.
M2. Money and Hanking. The study of the nature and functions of money and credit,
including the de\elopment and role of commercial and central banking, structures of the
Federal Reserve System, and moneiar\ and banking theor\ . polic\ and practice. The course
considers the political nature of mone\ and the tension between tlscal and moneiar\ [>olic\
makmg. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
.?/-V Health Care Finance and Economics . .\nal\ sis oftheeconi>mic problems of health and
niciiical care to determine how to pro\ ide the best health care to the most jvople in a cost-
elfcciiNe manner. I-Aamination of the principal elements of health care, mcluding the
107
physician, the hospital, and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence oil
government and the insurance industry. All economic analysis will be considered within thei
context of medical ethics and societal values. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
316. Ecological Economics . Ecological economics stresses the co-evolution of human?
preferences, understanding, technology and cultural organization. This approach differs-
from that of conventional economics and conventional ecology in the importance it attaches
to environment-economy interactions. The role that our economic system plays in decisionsi
affecting the sustainability of our ecosystems is emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 andi
102. 3 credits.
321. Public Finance. This course extends the study of public economics to its application in
the principles of taxation and public expenditures. Topics include the structure of the Federal
Budget, the national debt and fiscal deficits, but also state and local financing and the divisiom
of responsibilities between the federal and local governments. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and
102. 3 credits.
322. Quantitative Methods. An introduction to some of the quantitative methods used in
modem management and economics. Topics include probability concepts, forecasting,
decision theory, linear programming, queuing theory, network models, and inventory
models. Prerequisites: MAS 150 and 170. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Business 322.}
332. International Economics. A study of the theory and practice of international economic
relations. Includes the history and purpose of trade and the traditional theory of the gains from
trade, but also the more modern theory of trade with imperfect competition. The history and
nature of the institutional structures of trade (World Trade Organization) and international
finance (International Monetary Fund) are covered. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
410. Senior Seminar. This course begins with an introduction to econometrics and includes
using a statistical computer program to analyze economic data that is available from the
Internet. Each student will complete a major research project that involves data analysis.
Junior and senior policy economics students are expected to pursue a research interest related
to their internship work. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102, 201, 203 and either 250 or permission
of the instructor.
Criminal Justice Program
For students interested in the field of criminal justice (including police work, counseling
juvenile offenders, court assistants, probation work, and other areas), the courses listed below
constitute the criminal justice program. The chairs of the Sociology and Social Work and the
Political Science and Economics Departments function as advisers for this program.
Interested students should consult with one of these advisers.
108
Dci^ree Requirements:
There is no majoror minor in criminal justice, but the program can be most easily combined
with a major in political science or sociology. However, the program is not confined to majors
in these areas.
The courses required are as follows: PSC 1 1 2,3 1 5.."^ 1 6.4 1 5: SOC 1 10.331.333: one of the
tollowing: SOC 27H, SOC 37 1 , SOC 372; six credits of PSC, PSY, SOC, or SWK -WXJ. (30
credits.)
Faculty
I). Kuj»t'ne IJrown, professor ot political science.
Ph.D., State University of New York at liinj^hamton.
Brown teaches international studies, with a particular emphasis on Asia. He has written two
books on American foreign policy and a number of papers, articles, monographs, and book
chapters on Japanese foreign policy. Brown spent the 199.*^- 1996 academic year teaching at
Nanjing University in China.
Paul A. Hei.se, associate professor of economics.
Ph.D.. New School for Social Research.
Heise's chief areas of interest are public policy and the history of economic thought. He has
served in several positions in the Executive Office of the President. He has published in the
United States and abroad on labor and multinational corporations and on the philosophv oi
Adam Smith.
.leanne C. Hey, associate professor of economics.
Ph.D.. Lehii^h University.
Heys specialty areas are in economic theorv , econometrics, environmental economics, and
health economics. Her professional affiliations include the American Economic .Asscviation,
ihe American Finance Association, and the Association for Evolutionary Economics.
.lohn I). Norton, professor of political science. Chairperson.
Pli.D.. American University.
Norton teaches ci)urses in American government, constitutional law, political theory, and
American politics. He is the pre-lav\ adv iser for the college. His professional and research
interests are in the areas of .-Xmerican ConsiitutiiMialism, historv ot political thought, and
political rhetoric.
109
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
Psychology Program
The goal of psychology is the scientific description and explanation of behavior. This goal
is approached in diverse ways: from laboratory experiments on animal behavior at one
extreme, to clinical interventions having therapeutic behavioral objectives at the other. This!
diversity makes psychology important to fields such as business, education, and medicine,]
and makes it an integral part of any liberal arts education.
The undergraduate major in psychology at Lebanon Valley College incorporates many'
aspects of psychology. It includes elements of a general education as well as elements more
specially tailored to each student' s career training. Some students completing the major have
gone on to prestigious graduate schools while others have utilized their undergraduate
training to take jobs in their specialty areas immediately upon graduation. The departmental
degree requirements are sensitive to this career diversity.
Degree Requirements:
The courses required of all psychology majors include: The Individual and Society (PSY
100), General Psychology (PSY 1 10), Experimental Psychology (PSY 210), Psychological
Statistics (PSY 216), Sophomore Seminar (PSY 299), and the History of Psychology (PSY
443). These courses provide a firm foundation for specialization in any of the content areas
of psychology.
The student majoring in psychology is also expected to focus in one of four content areas:
(1) clinical and counseling psychology
(2) experimental psychology
(3) developmental and school psychology
(4) industrial/organizational psychology
The three required courses in an area of specialization are intended to link the liberal arts
background to specific career goals.
In addition to these general and specialized courses, all psychology majors are encouraged
to participate in the educational process beyond the classroom through independent studies,
laboratory research, and internships. The department is committed to providing opportuni-
ties for work experiences as a component of the psychology major.
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in psychology.
Major: PSY 100, 1 10, 210, 216, 299, 443; one course from: 335, 355, 356, 358; one course
from 321, 332, 343, 346, 443; and three additional courses from a single specialty area (32
credits). For a concentration in clinical/counsehng psychology, the additional courses should
be from 332, 335, 343, 359, 431, 432. For a concentration in experimental/physiological
psychology, the additional courses should be from 335, 346, 355, 356, 358, 359. For a
concentration in organizational/industrial psychology, the additional courses should be from
160, 332, 335, 337, 346, 359. For a concentration in developmental/school psychology, the
110
additional courses should be from 160, 220. 321, 322, 326, 332, 343, 346, 359.
Miiun: PSY 100, I 10, 210, 216 and three elective courses in psychology (22 credits). For an
emphasis in clinical/counseling psychology , the electives should be from 332. 335. 343. 358.
43 1 , 432. For an emphasis in experimental/physiological psychology, two of the electives
should be from 335, 350, 355, 356, 359. 443. For an emphasis in organizational/industrial
psychology, two of the electives should be from 160. 332. 335, 337, 346. For an emphasis
in developmental/school psychology, two of the electives should be from 220. 32 1 . 322. 332.
.343.
Courses in Psy(h()l()i>\ (f'SY):
100. Psychology: The Individual and Society. An introduction to psychology as a social
science. Covers the interactions of the individual and society that influence development,
learning, motivation, sexuality, and identity, as well as social and emotional adjustment. 3 credits.
no. General Psychology. A survey course examining the relationship between research and
theory in the field of psychology. The course is intended to gi\e the student an over\iew of
all areas of specialization within psychology. 3 credits.
160. Career Counseling. The course surveys assessment of skills and competencies,
occupational research, decision-making, and job search strategies. Students are enct)uraged
to apply the theories of career counseling to their own vocational decisions and goals.
iVercquisite: PSY 100. 1 10. 210 or permission. .^ credits.
210. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. Focuses or. ps>cholog\ as a science. It
emphasizes laboratory research, and co\ ers topics relevant to scientific research, and science
in general (e.g.. research design, experimental mcthiKls. data analysis and interpretation, and
scientific ethics). Topics of experimental psychology (eg. sensor\ and perceptual prcKesses.
learning and memory. ps\choU>gical testing, and social beha\ iors) are discussed. 4 credits.
216. Quantitative Methods in Behavioral Science. E\aluation of behavioral research
emphasizing the descriptive and inferential statistics used in experimental research and
ct)nelational studies. Prerequisite or corequisite: PS"^' 100. I 10. or 210. 3 credits. {Cross-
listed as Political Science 216.)
220. Educational Psychology. Studies o\' cogniii\c. behaxioral. emotional and sivial
l">roces.ses in the school; required for certification in elementar\ and music education.
Prerequisite: PSY 100. 1 10 or 210. 3 credits.
299. Sophomore Seminar. This course is designed to assist psychology majors in de\ eloping
skills (hat will help them be more successful in future academic and work settmgs. The
subjects to be co\ered include current research in psychology and related fields, how to
improxe writing skills, how to prepare for a career in psychology how to appl\ tc* a graduate
program, how to studs for the CiRli. how to choose internships sites and snnilar topics. I
credit. This w ill be a pass/fail course for all students.
Ill
321. Psychology of Child Development. A study of the patterns of cognitive, social and ;
emotional developmental changes occurring during childhood. Special attention is given to
research studies, developmental mechanisms and theories of development. Prerequisite:
PSY 100, 110 or 210. 3 credits.
322. Psychology of Adolescent Development. A study of the psychological characteristics
and changes occurring during adolescence. Topics include psychological development,
social influences, cognitive and intellectual development, emotional development, identity
and self-concept, sexual development, values, and transition to adulthood. Prerequisite: PSY
100, 110, 210 or 216. 3 credits.
326. Psychology of Adult Development. A study of research literature and theories con-
cerned with psychological change in the adult, from late adolescence to death. Includes the
works of such theorists as Maslow and Erikson. Prerequisite: PS Y 1 00, 1 1 0, 2 1 or 2 1 6. 3 credits.
332. Psychological Testing and Assessment. Introduction to the principles of psychological
measurement, methods of test design and construction, and applications and interpretations
of existing psychological tests. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 110, or 210. 3 credits.
335. Research Design and Statistics. A survey of experimental designs utilized in psycho-
logical investigations. Includes factorial experiments, field studies, correlative designs and
multivariate techniques. Readings are selected from current research in clinical, educational,
organizational, and laboratory settings. Prerequisites: PSY 210, 216 or permission. 3 credits.
337. Organizational Psychology. A study of psychological principles as applied to problems
of organizational behavior, with emphasis on personnel selection, human engineering, group
dynamics, systems design, training, leadership, and performance evaluation. Prerequisite:
PSY 100, 110 or 210. 3 credits.
343. Personality. A study of the major theories of personality, emphasizing psychoanalysis,
humanistic psychology, behaviorism, social learning, and trait theory. Prerequisite: PSY
100,1 10 or 210; junior or senior standing, or permission. 3 credits.
346. Social Psychology. A study of the inter- and intra-personal relationships between
individuals and groups, with emphasis on theories and research studies. The topics covered
may include attitude development and change, conformity, persuasion, person perception,
attribution, attraction, and group processes. Prerequisites: PSY 100, 110 or 210; junior or
senior standing, or permission. 3 credits.
350. Drugs and Behavior. This survey course is designed to familiarize students with the
physiological, psychological, social and legal aspects of various drugs including alcohol,
marijuana, caffeine, over-the-counter drugs, cocaine, heroin and the opiates, LSD and other
hallucinogens, barbiturates and amphetamines. 3 credits
355. Learning and Memory. This course surveys psychological research on learning and
112
memory. Topics include classical and instrumental conditioning, verbal learning, problem
solving, basic memory processes, and models of learning and memory. Prerequisite: PSY
!()(), I 10, 210 or permission. 3 credits.
356. Sensory and Perceptual Processes. This course focuses on the structures and functions
ol sensory systems. Ii includes the study of the visual system as a model to delineate
intormation processing strategies in the eye, the optic nerve, and the brain. The course will
delineate .sensory from perceptual processes. The perception of visual, olfactory, auditory,
gustatory and vestibular and cutaneous information will be discussed from experimental,
physiological, and philosophical perspectives. Prerequisite: PSY KXJ, 1 10, 210 or permis-
sion. One course in biology is recommended. .3 credits.
35H. Physiological Psychology. A study ollhe biological mechanisms underlying behavioral
processes. Focu.ses on the physiology of retlexes, sensation and perception, learning and
memory, sleep, and motivation and emotion. The laboratory portion of the course includes
sheep brain dissection and behavioral observation. Prerequisite: PSY 100. 110. 210 or
permission; completion of a biology course is recommended. 3 credits. (Cross-listed as
Psychobiology 35S.}
359. Research Practicum. A course designed to provide students with the opportunity to
dc\elop a research idea and carry it through to completion. \s ilh literature. re\ ieu proposal,
pilot study, data analysis, w rite-up, and presentation. The aim of the course is to give students
practical experience in research so that they have a better appreciation of the nature o'i the
research process. Prerequisites: PSY 210 and 216 or permission of instructor. 3 credits.
•/.?/. Abnormal Behavior and Experience. A study of mental, emotional and beha\ ioral
problems, inclikiing alcohol and drug abuse, brain disorders, criminal and ps\chopathic
behavior, neuroses. ps\ clKiphysiological reactions, psychoses, sexual de\ iations. subnormal
intelligence, and suicide. Prerequisites: PSY 100. 1 10 ox 210: junior or senior standing or
[lermission. 3 credits.
432. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. A study of the ways psychologists assist persons
and groups. Particular attention is gi\en to assessment. indi\idual and group therap\.
marriage and family counseling, and community psychology. Prerequisites: PS^' 100. 1 10
or 210; PSY 431 or some psychiatri;. experience, or permission. 3 credits.
443. History and Theory. Studies the history of psychology including philosophical
concepts, early schools of psychok>gy. important trends, and famous psychologists. Prereq-
uisites: PSY 1 10; junior or senior standing; or permission. 3 credits.
500. Independent Study. Prerequisite; PS^■ 3^*-). This will he graded pass/tail only.
Fcicuhy
SaKatorc S. Cullari, professor o\' psychology. Chairj>erson.
rii.D.. Western Michiiion University.
113
His teaching interests are in clinical and abnormal psychology, personality and social:
psychology. His current research areas are in schizophrenia and the study of eating disorders.
Deanna L. Dodson, assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Memphis.
Her teaching interests are in lifespan development, experimental psychology and research
methods. Her current research areas include hemispheric specialization and handedness, and
developmental patterns in lateralization.
Louis Manza, assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., City University of New York.
His teaching interests include cognitive psychology, statistics, experimental methodology,
and the history of psychology. Research interests focus on implicit learning and memory,
cognition and emotion, attention, and the neurological processes underlying thought processes.
Steven M. Specht, associate professor of psychology.
Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton.
His teaching interests include statistics and experimental design, as well as a variety of areas
in psychobiology. Current research interests are ingestive behaviors, human taste perception
and psychobiology.
Martha Bred, adjunct assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., Fordham University.
Her interests include counseling psychology and developmental and educational psychology.
Dana Irwin, adjunct assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
His teaching interests are in clinical, personality and abnormal psychology. He is in private
practice.
Joseph E. Peters, adjunct associate professor of psychology.
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
Supervises the internship students. His research interests are in clinical psychology and
computer applications to patient management. He is a clinical psychologist at a veterans
administration hospital.
Beth J. Shaw, adjunct assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Rhode Island.
Her teaching areas are developmental and educational psychology. She is a psychologist at
Milton Hershey School.
Richard J. Tushup, adjunct assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
His teaching interests are in experimental psychology, neuropsychology and abnormal
psychology. He is a staff psychologist at a veterans administration hospital.
114
DKPARTIVIKN T OF RKLIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
A iiiajor in religion or philosophy may bccoinbinfd with a inajoror minor in another subject.
Many niajors goon to advanced study in graduate or professional schools and seminaries. Our
graduates have pursued a wide variety of careers in education, law, ministry and business.
Religion Prni^rcini
The study ot religion is designed to give students insight into the meaning ot the religious
dimension ol human experience. Course work in religion introduces students to the various
historical and contemporary expressions ol the Judeo Christian heritage as well as to the
diverse religious traditions ot humankind.
Di'i>ree Reijuircuwnts:
Decree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in religion.
Major: REL 110, 115, 1 16, 201 , ."^1 1, .^12, and fcuir additional courses in religion, of which
at least one must be in 2()()-ievel courses and one in 3(K)^le\el ct)urses (.^0 credits).
Minor: REL 110, 1 \5. I 16. one from 201. 252. 311, 312; and \\\o additional courses in
religion ( 18 credits).
Courses in Rclii^ion (REL):
110. Introduction to Religion. An e\ploratii)n of the man\ dimensions iif religion as a central
human experience: sell and meaning, religious expression, religious knowledge, religion in
its cultural context, and religion and the natural order. 3 credits.
115. World Religions I. Anintroductiontt) the major religions of African and middle-eastern
(M"igin, with emphasis on Judaism. Christianit\ and Islam. 3 credits.
116. World Religions II. An introduction to the major religions of far-eastern origin u ith
emphasis on the religious traditions o\' India. China and Japan. 3 credits.
I2t). Religion in America. A stud\ ol the origin and dc\ elopment o\ religious expression in
America. 3 credits.
160. Religion and Ethics. A study i>f religion in its relation to moral \alues. both personal
and social. v\ ith em(ihasis on Christian ethics. 3 credits.
201. Hihlical Literature. .\ stutls ot the Bible, mcluding its literarx forms and its historical
and social context. 3 credits.
202. The Prophets. .Stutlies the li\es and writings of the (^Id Testament prophets and an
analysis o{ their contributions to Judeo-Christian religious ihouiiht. 3 credits.
115
211. Life and Teachings of Jesus. An intensive study of the life and message of Jesus as set
forth in the Gospels. 3 credits.
212. Life and Epistles of Paul. A study of the life, writings, and theological thought of Paul
and their relationship with the early Church. 3 credits.
230. American Folk Religion. A study of the folk traditions of selected American denomi-
nations and sects and of the theological implications of secular folklore. Emphasis placed on
field work as well as on analysis. 3 credits. {Cross-hsted as American Studies 230.}
251. Judaism. A survey of the development of Judaism and its contemporary teachings and
practices. 3 credits.
252. Christianity. A study of the development of the major forms of Christianity including
doctrine, ethics, worship, church structure and relationship to culture. 3 credits.
253. Buddhism. A study of the development of Buddhism, including its teaching, practice
and influence as one of the great missionary religions. 3 credits.
311. History of Christianity I. The story of Christianity from the apostolic age to the
Renaissance. 3 credits.
312. History of Christianity II. The story of Christianity from the Protestant reformation to
the ecumenical era. 3 credits.
322. Sociology of Religion. The structures and functions of religious organizations and
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. 3 credits.
{Cross-listed as Sociology 322.}
332. Religion in Literature. A study of religious and moral issues in contemporary fiction,
poetry and non-fiction. 3 credits.
337. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of the
cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course examines
developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation of those
theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the early
modem period, and the development of new theories in recent times. 3 credits.
342. Contemporary Religious Issues. An advanced study of selected authors or problems
arising in contemporary religion. 3 credits.
352. Theology Seminar. An intensive study of individual great theologians or theological
traditions. 3 credits.
116
Ph ilosophy Froi^ ram
Ihc study ol philosophy directly involves the student in the process of sharpening critical and
analytical abilities. Philosophy courses examine some of the greatest perennial questions of
values, knowledge, reality and their relation to human nature.
I)i'i>rec Ri'cjuirciiwnts:
Deforce: Bachelor of Arts with a major in philosophy.
Major: PHL 120. 160. 300: at least one course from PHL 301-336; 12 additional credits in
philosophy (24 credits).
Minor: PHL 160, 300; at least one course from PHL 301-336; nine additional credits in
philosophy ( 18 credits).
Courses in Philosophy (PHL):
1 10. Introduction to Philosophy. E:\amination ol major philosophical issues and the v\a>s
major philosophers have dealt with them. 3 credits.
120. Basic iMgic. An intrt)duction to the rules of clear and effecti\e thinking. .-Xttention is
given to the logic of meaning, the logic of \alid inference, and the logic of factual inquiry.
Main emphasis is upon deducti\e logic. Students are introduced to the elements of symbolic
logic as well as to traditional modes of analysis. 3 credits.
160. Ethics. An inquiry into the central problems of \ aluc> applied to human conduct, u ith
an examination o^ the responses of majt)r ethical theories to those problems. 3 credits.
215. Social Philosophy. An examination of some of the important philosophical issues,
including the ethical and \aluationaI. to be found in the social institutions of politics, law.
government, and religion. 3 credits.
220. Political Philosophy. A sur\e\ of the different Western philosophies and theories o\
go\ernment, ancient and modern, but especialK since the l6th centur\. 3 credits. (Cross-
listed as Political Science 220.)
230. Philosophy oj Rclii^ion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contempiuan.
religious and theological thought. The cmirse includes critical examinations of such prob-
lems as faith and reason; the meaning of re\ elation, symbolism, and language; the arguments
U)r the existence of CukI; faith and histor\; religion and culture. 3 credits.
2-fO. American Philosophy. A sur\e\ o\' philosophical thought in the I'mted Stales from
colonial period to present, with emphasis on the w ork of Peiive. .lames, and Deu e\ . 3 credits.
300. History of Philosophy. Ihe development ol philosophical thought from the pre-
Socratics through the hUh centur\. with emphasis on philosoph\ as a discipline of s\sicmalic
inquiry. 3 credits.
I " 117
I
I
301-335. Major Authors. Intensive studies of individual great philosophers or principal!
schools. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. 3 credits.
336. Twentieth Century Philosophy. Examines representative American, British, andi
Continental philosophers from 1900 to present. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. 3
credits.
349. The Holocaust: A Case Study in Social Ethics. This course examines the moral
responsibility of institutions in German society, 1939-1945, for acquiescing to and perpetrat-
ing the state-sanctioned killing of European Jews and others. 3 credits.
360. Business Ethics. An examination of ethics and values within the context of modem
corporate organizations. The course considers issues pertinent to corporate responsibility,
whistle-blowing, the profit motive, consumerism, bribery, conflict of interest, and cost/
benefit analysis. Some attention is given to classical ethical theories; a considerable portion
of the course is devoted to case analysis. Prerequisite: MGT 330 or PHL 1 10 or by permission
(management majors must have junior standing). 3 credits.
Faculty
Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of religion and history. Director of American Studies
Program.
Ph.D., Duke University.
His scholarship has focused on American folk religion, particularly as expressed in the
Methodist and Roman Catholic communities. Other interests include religion and literature,
peace studies, and mysticism. His teaching centers on the history of Christianity and religion
in America, and he also participates in the College Honors program.
John H. Heffner, professor of philosophy. Chairperson.
Ph.D., Boston University.
His teaching interests include logic, philosophy of religion, metaphysics, and history of
philosophy. He has published articles in major journals and contributed chapters to books in
his research specialization, the philosophy of perception. His recent interest in the philosophy
of religion has focused on biblical literature and nineteenth century philosophical theology.
J. Noel Hubler, assistant professor of religion and philosophy.
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
He teaches courses in major world religions and is a specialist in ancient and medieval
philosophy and Christianity. "^
Warren K.A. Thompson, associate professor of philosophy.
M.A., University of Texas, Austin.
His teaching specialties are philosophical ethics, bioethics, and business and organizational
ethics. He has a particular interest in the ethical implications of the Holocaust, and has
recently contributed a chapter for an anthology devoted to philosophy and the Holocaust.
118
Mark E. Achtermann, adjunct assistant professor ot philosophy.
M.A., Chicaf><) 'fhcolo/^ical Seminary.
He teaches problems of philosophy and is interested in comparative, cross-cultural and cross-
disciplinary studies.
Robert W. Dell, adjunct assistant professor of religion and philosophy.
I'll. I).. Drew University.
His interests are in philosophical theology and computer applications in religion and
philosophy.
Donald C. Hoepfer, adjunct instructor in philosophy.
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
He specializes in the history ot philosophy and is a doctoral candidate at Temple University.
Tara J. Hottenstein, adjunct instructor in philosophy.
M.A.. West Chester University.
She teaches introductory courses in philosophy.
Cynthia L. Kirchofl", adjunct assistant professor of philosophy.
Ph.D.. University of Rochester.
A specialist in analytic philosophy, she has experience in business and teaches courses in
business ethics.
David W. Layman, adjunct instrucii)r in religion.
Ph.D.. Temple University.
He teaches courses in world religions and problems of philosophy.
James W. McArdle, adjunct instructor in philosoph\ .
M.A.. West Chester Lhiiversity.
He teaches logic and introductory courses in philosophy.
Elizabeth A. Rohrbach, adjunct instructor in religion.
M. Div.. Princeton Thcoloi^ical Scnnnarx.
She works in ctiunseling and leaches \u)rl(.l religions and other introducti^r\ courses.
Pamela C\ Wallace, adjunct instructor ui religion.
M. Div.. Lutheran Theoloiiical Sennniiry at Gettysburg.
She teaches coinses in religii>n and is the director of Christian education at Salem Lutheran
Church. Lebanon.
119
SOCIAL STUDIES PROGRAM
The college offers a special program for students seeking certification to teach social studies
in the secondary schools. The program includes three required components: the social studies
core, the secondary education core, and a major in one of the following disciplines: American
studies, history, political science, economics, sociology or psychology. Graduation require-
ments for any of these majors are noted in this catalog under the appropriate department.
There is no major in social studies. Dr. Howard L. Applegate is the coordinator of the Social
Program Requirements:
Social Studies core courses: ECN 101, 102; GPY 212; HIS 111, 112, 125, 126;PSC 111, 112,
210; PSY 346; and SOC 1 10, 120; plus two of the following: PSC 140, 150; HIS 271, 273,
275, 277 or 279 (each student shall take at least one history and one political science course
with the understanding that the two courses selected may not be on the same geographical
area); plus one of the following: HIS 321, 322 or SOC 362 (48 credits).
Secondary education core courses: EDU 1 10; HIS 360; SED 420, 430, 440, and highly
reconmnended SED 280 (24-27 credits).
Major courses: American studies, history, political science, economics, sociology or psy-
chology (33-42 credits).
Round-table discussions are often a part of the course structure.
120
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL WORK
Sociology Froi^ ram
The major in sociology gives students an understanding of human behavior. By examining
the social and cultural forces that shape our lives, students gain a richer understanding of
themselves and contemporary social issues. .Sociology explores how and why people heha\e
as they do as well as the effects of their behavior on others. In an economy that is mo\ ing from
a manufacturing base to a service orientation, graduates in sociology are prepared to work in
liclds where an understanding (jf the dynamics of human relationships is important.
Di'\>n'e Requircnwuts:
Dciiiee: Bachelor of Arts with a major in sociology.
Major: SOC I 10. .^ 1 1 , 42 1 , 499; 2 1 additional credits in sociology excluding internships (33
credits).
Minor: SOC I 10, 311. 421; three elective courses in sociology excludmg internships ( 18
credits).
Courses in Sociology (SOC):
110. Introduction to Sociology. A study of the basic socit^logical perspective including the
nature of sociel\. the influence of culture, the de\elopmenl of the self, and group d>namics.
Specific topics include dexiance and social control, racism, sexism and po\ert>. 3 credits.
120. Introduction to Anthropology. Introduction to both ph\ sical and cultural anthropology
including human evolution, human variation, and cross-cultural analysis and comparison.
3 credits.
210. Social Problems. Contemporary social problems as seen through different analytical
perspectives. Problems covered include war and peace, pollution and environmental exploi-
tation, crime and delinc|uency, and emotional and ph> sical illness. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or
12()i)rHON 202. 3 credits.
211. L'rbanology. An analysis of the cUn as a unique torin oi social organization. Fri>m a
nuilti-disciplinary perspective, the course presents the nature of urbanization and the impact
o\' urbanism on contemporary societx . Prerequisite: SOC I 10 or 1 20 or HON 202. 3 credits.
230. Sociology of Marriage and the Family. An o\er\ ie\s oi marriage and the famil)
focusing upon love, male selection, alternative life styles, marital communication, conflict
resolution, parenting, divorce and widowhood. I'tilizes an historical and cross-cultural
perspective in aiklition to sociological analysis. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 1 20 or HON 202.
3 credits.
240. Diversity Si I nderstanding. fhe majiir objective o\ this cvuirse is to help students
become aware of the degree to which behavior (including one's own) is culturall> deter-
mined. As we continue to move toward a global society with increasingly frequent
intercultural contacts, we need more than simple factual knowledge about cultural differ-
ences; we need a framework for understanding inter-cultural communication and cross-cultural
human relations. Through lecture, discussion, simulations, case-studies, role-plays and
games, students will learn the inter-cultural communication framework and the skills
necessary to make them feel comfortable and communicate effectively with people of any
culture and in any situation involving a group of diverse backgrounds. 3 credits.
261. The Aged and Aging. An investigation of the process of aging and contemporary issues
related to the elderly. Topics covered include Alzheimer's disease, retirement, stereotypes
of the elderly and contributions of the elderly to society. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 120, or
HON 202. 3 credits.
277. Child Abuse. The study and analysis of child abuse in its various expressions with
additional focus on physical and sexual abuse. Emphasis will be on models and theories of
causation, dynamics, treatment and research. 3 credits.
272. Substance Abuse. An examination of the problems associated with substance abuse
including a study of the prevalent myths concerning substance abuse, an exploration of the
causes of substance abuse and an exploration of how it affects the individual, the family and
society as a whole. In addition, the course will examine current methods of intervention and
treatment. Prerequisites: SOC 110 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits.
278. Juvenile Delinquency. An examination of the causes and effects of juvenile delin-
quency, the juvenile justice system and treatment programs for the juvenile offender.
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits.
280. Sexuality and Society. Study of human sexuality from psychosocial and cultural
perspectives. The course will include an examination of such topics as developmental
sexuality, gender roles, sexual communication, sexual orientation, coercive sex, sexually
transmitted diseases, HIV, and religious and ethical perspectives on sexuality. Prerequisite:
SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits.
311. Research Methods. A study of the basic concepts and skills involved in critically
evaluating and carrying out social scientific research. Topics include values and ethics of
research on human behavior, research design, interviewing and questionnaire construction.
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. 3 credits.
322. Sociology of Religion. The structure and functions of religious organizations and
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Prerequisite:
SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 322.}
324. Medical Sociology. An examination of the societal bases of health, illness and health
care. The course will include an examination of the three components of medicine: the
patient, the medical professional and the health care organization. Specific topics will
122
include: the role of the patient; doctor-patient relationships; the socialization of medical
professionals; the hospital as a complex organization, cross-cultural comparisons of health
care and current topics of concern such as the AIDS epidemic, new technologies, and social
response to the Icrniinally ill patient. 3 credits.
326. Women 's Issues, Women '.v Voices. An examination of women's contributions to the
world, their roles in social institutions, and issues arising from their uniqueness and s(xial
situations. Topics will include images of women and their writings; biology and health; issues
of sexuality and gender identity; and women's roles in the family, religion, education, and
in the worlds of work and politics. 3 credits.
331. Criminology. An examination of the causes of crime.. Special attention is given to \iolent
crime, homicide, and rape. In addition, crimes such as arson, robbery, burglary and white
collar crime are covered. The question of whether or not such victimless crimes such as
pornography, prostitution and drug u.se should be considered crimes is explored. Prerequi-
site: SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits.
,?,?.?. Criminal Justice. A sociological, historical, and philosophical examination of punish-
ment and the criminal justice system. Rights of the accu.sed, victimology, prisons, and the
death penalty are studied. 3 credits.
340. Group Structure and Dynamics. An o\ er\ iew of the theory and research on small group
organization and process including issues related to leadership, effective communication in
groups, conformity and intluence. Applicalit)n oi basic principles to practical situations.
Exercises designed to improve group leadership and participation skills. Prerequisite: SOC
1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits.
351. Death and Dying. Exploration of the basic legal, medical, ethical and social issues
related to contemporary understanding of death and dying. Examines the stages of dying, the
grief process, euthanasia, suicide, the hospice mo\emeni and life after death. Prerequisite:
SOC 1 10 or 120. or HON 202. 3 credits.
362. Race, Minorities and Discrimination. .An examination o{' the patterns of structured
inequality in American society, including a \ariety of minorit\. racial, and ethnic groups. 3
credits.
352. Sociology of the Mass Media. Seminar on how society shapes the mass media and the
ellects ot the mass media on individuals and society. Topics include propaganda, tele\ision
violence and aggression, and advertising. Special attention is given to values and images
portra\ed by the mass media. Prerequisite: 6 credits in sixii^logs or permission. 3 credits.
421. Social Theory. .An iiiioiisi\e e\aniinaliiMi oi the major sixriological theorists and
Muncnients. Prerequisite: 12 credits in sociologs. 3 credits.
499. Seminar. A critical analysis of selected themes and issues in contemporary sociology.
Topics may vary. This course is conducted as a seminar requiring extensive student
participation. Prerequisite: 12 credits of sociology or permission. 3 credits.
Social Work Program
The social work minor helps to prepare students for beginning professional practice in a
variety of social work settings. The minor emphasizes the generalist approach by offering a
solid foundation of core courses based on social work theory and practice. The program also
provides students the opportunity to focus upon areas of personal and professional interest
by choosing a concentration in such areas as criminal justice, family intervention, and the
aged and aging/death and dying.
Degree Requirements:
No major is offered in social work.
Minor: SOC 1 10; SWK 242, 262, 272, 33 1 ; six credits of SWK 400; one sociology elective
(24 credits).
Courses in Social Work (SWK):
242. Basic Interpersonal Relations Skill Processes. An introduction to the theory and skills
of interpersonal relationships that are geared toward helping people resolve personal and
social problems. The course features skill-building exercises as well as linkage of theory and
skills. Open to students of any major who have an interest in interpersonal relationships or
counseling. 3 credits.
262. Social Welfare. An introduction to social welfare policies and institutions including the
evolution of the welfare system in our society and its approach to social problems. Focuses
upon controversies relevant to public welfare. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits.
272. Human Behavior in the Social Environment. An examination of the interrelation of
biological, psychological and sociocultural systems and their effects on human development
and behavior. A life span perspective is used to develop an understanding of the total person
as he/she functions in relation to his/her environment at each stage in the developmental
process. The impact of diversity in ethnic background, race, class, sexual orientation and
culture in a pluralistic society will also be addressed. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits.
331. Social Work Theory. A consideration of professional social work's knowledge, values,
and skills base, with emphasis on generalist social work theory as it is utilized in case
■ management. Prerequisite: SWK 242. 3 credits.
Criminal Justice Program
The chairs of the Sociology and Social Work and the Political Science and Economics
Departments function as advisers for the criminal justice program. See page 108 for
information on this program.
124
Faculty
Sharon O. Arnold, associate professor of sociology.
M.S.W.. Temple University.
Among hcricaching interests are sociology of the family, intercultural communication, small
groups, and medical sociology. Her research interests are achievement orientation of female
students and the use of" telecommunications in higher education.
Marianne (ioodfellow, lecturer in sociology.
Ph.D., The I'cnnsxiviinid State University.
Carolyn R. Hane.s, professor of sociology. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University oj New Hampshire.
Herareasof interest include family and marriage, criminology, criminal justice, mass media,
and leadership. She is interested in the use of cooperative learning techniques.
Sharon Hall RaHleld, associate professor of sociology.
M..S'. VV., Washini^ton University.
Her areas of interest include social work practice with families, children, and elders as well
as policies which impact upon them.
Rohert I). (Jingrich, adjunct instructor in social work.
M.S.. Moravian ColU'i^e.
His teaching specialties include child abuse, juvenile delinquency and sexual abuse.
Stiiih'nls are <tften ene(>iiriiyeil to work in small i,'rr>/i/).v to provide lumiis-on Uaniinf; in
interpreting actual case stiulies an J statistics.
1 25
GRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
MBA PROGRAM
The Lebanon Valley College MBA Program is an interdisciplinary program designed to
prepare graduates for managerial responsibilities at various levels of business organizations.
The program provides a strong theoretical foundation as well as operational expertise in the
areas of finance, management, marketing, human resource management and production and
service management.
The MBA Program at Lebanon Valley College is a unique program thatcombines liberal arts/
general education coursework with career preparation in the field of business administration.
The interdisciplinary nature of the curriculum includes standard MBA level courses along
with exposure to courses in Executive Communications, Executive Leadership and Corpo-
rate and Organizational Ethics.
Degree Requirements:
Every MBA candidate must complete 27 credits of core courses and 9 credits of electives.
(MBA special topic courses can be used to meet MBA elective requirements.) All courses in
the undergraduate common body of knowledge also must be completed successfully.
Courses in the Lebanon Valley College MBA Program are taught on the Annville and
Lancaster campuses.
Degree: Master of Business Administration.
Undergraduate Core (Common body of knowledge): ACT 775 ; BUS 230, 322, 340, 361, 460;
ECNIOI, 102; MAS 111 or 150 or 160 or 161, and 170 or 270.
Graduate Core: ENG 825; LSP 835; MGT 805, 815, 820, 860, 895; PHL 830; PSY 810 (27
credits) and three of the following ACT 875; ECN 865, 885; MGT 840, 850, 855, 870, 880;
special topics (9 credits). Total of 36 credits.
MBA Courses:
ACT 775. Accounting and Financial Applications. A practical look at the financial and
managerial areas of accounting. Emphasis will be placed on the four basic financial
statements, analytical analysis, cost control and budgeting. In addition, case studies and use
of current publications, such as The Wall Street Journal, will be stressed. This course is open
to MBA students seeking to fulfill the undergraduate accounting prerequisite. It does not
count for graduate credit in the MBA program.
ACT 875. Managerial Accounting. Provides students previously exposed to basic financial
and managerial accounting principles with an opportunity to study the structure and use
accounting systems designed to aid management in controlling costs and profits. Stresses
financial statement analysis, sources and uses of funds analysis, tax implications on
managerial decisions, responsibility accounting and the impact of inflation. 3 credits.
126
ECN 865. Entrepreneurship. Enlrepreneurship. intrapreneurship, small business, and
acquisitions. Special attention to entrepreneurial behavior, sources of funding, and actual
case studies in the development of new enterprises. 3 credits.
ECN HH5. Manaf^erial Economics. Thiscourse tbcusesoneconomic planningand decision-
making in the lirm. The study of actual problems is provided by means of case analysis and
independent study. 3 credits.
ENG H25. Executive Communications. Organizational communication skills, emphasizing
writing, speaking and listening techniques. Interpersonal communication. Explores and
increases communicalion options on individual, group and organizational levels. 3 credits.
(Must be one ol the first 3 courses taken in the MBA program.)
HIS 840. American Business History. A historical analysis of the history of .American
business. The course is developed through a case study approach with a significant research
component. 3 credits.
LSI* 835. Executive Leadership. Theories and concepts of leadership. Examination of the
forces in the leader-follower interaction. Analysis of the skills. beha\ iors. attitudes, and
values of effective and ethical leaders and followers. Application of concepts, information,
and experience to case studies. 3 credits.
MGT805. Einancial Policy. A quantitati\e approach to managerial problems of long term
financing, asset management. di\idend polic>. and ethics in the firm and marketplace.
Emphasis placed on the application of experience to class discussion based on the use of The
Wall Street Journal. 3 credits.
MCiT 815. Marketing Manaf^ement. Seminar focusing on issues in the interpla\ between
marketing and society including the ethics of selling, advertising, marketing reseiu^ch and the
si)cial responsibility of marketers. Prerequisite: ENG 825 strongK recommended. 3 credits.
MGT820. Operations Management. S\ stems approaches to management of production and
service organizations. Topics include design and control of operations, operations straiegs .
product and process planning, quality management, human resources, scheduling and
contrtil. and materials management. Emphasis is on mathematical foundations and quantita-
ti\e techniques of inanagement science/operations research (MS/OR), related MS/OR iix>ls
and applicaliiMis. the priiMit\/capaciE\ iMganizational concepts and the strategs underlying
operations. Introduces appropriate computer software. 3 credits.
MGT 840. American Business History. .\ historical analysis of the history of .American
business The coinse is ile\eloped through a case studs approach with a significant research
com[ioncni. 3 civdits.
MGT 850. Human Resource Management. .\ sur\e\ ol persiMinel management activities
inorgaui/atioiis nicUKlingexploraiionol recent de\ elopments m the field of human resource
127
management. Topics include human resource planning, recruitment, selection, training,
equal employment opportunity, performance appraisal, discipline, career planning, compen-
sation, safety and health. Instruction method includes case study, readings and classroom
lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PSY 810 recommended. 3 credits.
MGT 855. Legal Environment of Business. Legal concepts and principles important tc
business decision making including employment law, labor-management relations anc
relevant legislation, tax consequences of business transactions, government regulation
contract law and application of the Uniform Commercial Code to business transactions. Case
study, readings and lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PHL 830 recommended. 3 credits.
MGT 860. International Business Management. Theories, concepts, practices and tech-
niques of conducting business in foreign countries. The strategic issues, the operationa'
practices, and the governmental relations of multinational companies are analyzed through
use of case study, lecture and speakers. Topics include: economic, political and cultura
integration; trade restrictions and barriers; overseas investment and financing; entry intc
foreign markets and marketing strategies. 3 credits.
MGT 870. Labor Management Relations. Directed primarily to the understanding of the
issues and alternatives arising out of the work place. The course provides both an overvie\^
of what has been identified as industrial relations as well as famiharity with the tools usee
by its practitioners. Students will study negotiation, administration, wage/fringe issues anc
contents of labor agreements. Prerequisite: ENG 825. 3 credits.
MGT 880. Investments and Portfolio Management. This course acquaints the student with
the tools essential for sound money management. Considers the goals of the investor with
respect to risk exposure, tax environment, liquidity needs and appreciation versus income
potentials. Strategies will be developed to satisfy these objectives. Mathematical models o1
portfolio selection to help reduce risk through diversification will be developed. Specia
attention will be paid to the theories of determinants of asset prices, including the capital-
asset pricing model. Prerequisite: MGT 805. 3 credits.
MGT 895. Strategic Management. The strategic management of large business entities
including the formulation and evaluation of missions, strategies, objectives and policies
Historical and current situations are discussed. Cases are widely used and outside research
is required. Prerequisite: 24 hours of graduate credit. 3 credits.
PHL 830. Corporate and Organizational Ethics. The ethical assumptions and implications
of corporate and organizational policies and practices. Intensive readings in the literature ol
both theoretical and applied ethics. Case study analysis. Includes: corporate and organiza-
tional social and political responsibility, ethics and business, ethics and organizational life
and governmental relations. Prerequisite: ENG 825 and LSP 835 or PSY 810. 3 credits
PSY 810. Organizational Behavior. Systematic presentation of theory and research in areas
of organizational behavior; including motivation, group dynamics, leadership, decision-
128
making, organi/.ation change, career planning, and communication. 3 credits.
Special Topics. Special topics courses arc presented for the examination of current issues or
topics ol special interesi that are relevant to the MBA curriculum. These courses are formal
courses that are not listed permanently in the catalog. MBA special topic courses can be used
to meet MBA elective requirements..
MBA Administnition and Resident Faculty
Howard I.. Applejjate, professor of history and American studies.
I'll. I).. Syracuse University.
Applegate teaches American business history.
("heryl L. Batdorf, academic adviser, MBA program.
MB. A., Lelnmon Valley College.
Marie G. Bongiovanni, assistant professor of English.
M.B.A., Dre.xel University.
Bongit)vanni teaches executive communications.
Donald C. Boone, assistant professor of hotel management.
M.B.A.. Michigan Slate University.
Boone teaches accounting.
Sharon F. Clark, professor of business administration.
J.D., University of Kichniond.
Clark has .several years experience in private law practice and several years as a supers isory
tax attorney with the Internal Revenue Ser\ ice.
.leanne C. Hey, associate profes.sor of economics.
Ph.D.. Lehigh University.
Hey teaches managerial economics.
Robert W. Leonard, associate professor o\' business administration.
MB. A.. Ohio State University.
leoiuirtl's teaching specialties incUkk' finance, production and service management, orga-
nizational behavior and developmeiu. and labor and industrial relations.
Hanicl R. McKinlcy, director of freshmen programs.
A/..\.. / ni\crsit\ (>t .M(0\liinil. M.X.l.S.. Wcsleyan University.
McKinloN maintains an interest in small group development and offers leadership laborativ
ries for comnuinication skills de\elopment.
I>)
James W. Mentzer Jr., director of the MBA program, associate professor of businessi
administration.
M.B.A., Chaminade University.
Mentzer teaches executive leadership.
Barney T. Raffield III, associate professor of management.
Ph. D., Union Graduate School.
Raffield teaches courses in marketing and international business management.
Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting.
M.B.A., Boston University, CPA.
Sanderson has professional experience in accounting (public and private sectors); income
tax; computer systems analysis and design.
Warren K. A. Thompson, associate professor of philosophy.
M.A., University of Texas.
Thompson's teaches philosophical ethics and business and organizational ethics.
Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, assistant professor of accounting.
M.B.A., Lehigh University, C.P.A.
She teaches accounting and financial applications.
Graduate Program Policies and Procedures
MBA Admissions
All candidates must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university.
All candidates must submit a current resume and a completed application form with the
required application fee. They must take a GMAT examination and have the official test
results sent to the MBA Office. Official transcripts of all undergraduate work and any
graduate courses to be considered for transfer must be sent by the respective colleges or
universities to the MBA Office. An individual interview is strongly recommended.
Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action will be taken quickly after all paperwork
has been processed.
Academic Advising and Registration
MBA students should meet with the MBA academic adviser prior to class registration. The
adviser will develop a graduation plan with the student. All course registrations require the
MBA adviser's signature.
Veteran Registration
The college meets all of the criteria of Veterans Education under the provisions of Title 38,
United States Code, Section 1775. The MBA program has been approved for payment
assistance. Veterans pay the cost of tuition, fees, books and supplies directly to the college.
They are reimbursed by the Veterans Administration on a monthly basis. Applicants having
130
any questions concerning their veteran's benefits should contact the college's veterans
representative in the Registrar's Office.
(jtaduation Requirements
A candidate lor the MliA must complete a maximum of 36 credits, of which 27 must be
earned at Lebanon Valley College. There are nine required core courses (27 credits) and three
cicclivesof the student's choice (9credits) foratotal of 36credits. A candidate must achieve
at least a 3. 00 cumulative average with a maximum of twoC's within the 36 graduate credits
to be certified for graduation.
Tnuisjer Credil
A maximum of nine credits (a maximum of six core credits) may be transferred from another
graduate program with the approval of the MBA program director and the registrar. No
transfer credit shall be accepted if the grade earned at another institution was less than B.
Students wishing to transfer credits may be asked to submit course outline, textbook used,
and any reading materials so proper credit may be given.
Concurrent Courses
A student enrolled for the MBA degree may not take courses concurrentl\ at another
educational institution w ithout prior consent of the MBA academic adviser and the registrar.
Grculini^
Student work is graded A. A-. B+. B. B-. C+. C. and F. Candidates must maintain a grade
point average of 3.00 with a maximum of two C grades in the program.
In addition, the symbols I and \V are used. I indicates work that is incomplete but othervsise
satistactory. It is au arded only for substantial reason and work must be completed m the first
eight weeks of the follow ing semester, including summer session, or I will be changed to F.
\V indicates w ithdraw al from a course thnuigh the first 10 weeks. Thereafter, the appropriate
letter grade will be assigned for the course.
No MBA course may be taken pass/fail.
Review Procedure
Every student's academic progress shall be re\ iewed ai the c\k\ of each academic jvriixl b\
the MBA academic adviser. Any student w hose a\ erage tails below 3.(H) or w ho earns a C
or 1' in throe or more credit hours nia\ be placed on academic prob.iiiiMi. .-\ student on
acadciniv" piobatit)!! ma\ be requited to retake courses cir correct other .icademic deficiencies
and must achie\e a 3.00 cunuilati\e a\ erage within two semesters of being placed on
probation. .-\ student ma\ repeat a maximum iM two graduate courses with an) gi\en course
being repeated onl\ once. Students w hi^ fail to correct deficiencies ma\ K- dropped trom the
program. A student may appeal an\ decision of the MB.A director to the senior \ ice-president
and dean of the tacultv.
Course Withdrawal and Tuition Refund
Any student who withdraws from courses for which he or she is registered must notify the
MBA adviser in writing. The effective date of withdrawal is the date on which the student
notifies the office. Failure to give notice of withdrawal will result in a grade of F. Notifying
the instructor does not constitute official withdrawal. A refund schedule based on official
withdrawal date is published in the semester brochure
Time Restriction
The maximum time for completion of the MBA program is seven years from the date of the
admission letter. Students who have not earned the graduate degree during this period shall
have their academic standing reviewed and may be asked to meet additional requirements
in order to graduate.
Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dishonesty
will not be tolerated. For the first academic dishonesty offense, failure in the course is
mandatory, and the faculty member is required to inform the MBA program director in
writing. A letter of warning shall be sent to the student by the MBA program director
explaining the consequences and the right of appeal. For the second offense, failure in the
course and expulsion from the MBA program and college are mandatory.
Address Changes
Any change of address must be reported to the MBA Office as soon as possible. A forwarding
address should also be given to the Postal Service.
Privacy of Student Records
In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (P.L. 39-380)
Lebanon Valley College releases no student education records without written consent and
request of the student or as prescribed by the law. Each student has access to his or her
education records with exclusions only as specified by the law.
Financial Aid
Students may participate in the Direct Stafford Loan Program. Graduate students should
contact the Financial Aid Office at 717-867-6181 to discuss financial aid eligibility.
Employee Tuition Reimbursement
Students are encouraged to inquire about tuition reimbursement programs at their places of
employment. Most employers of current students provide education subsidies of 50-100%
of tuition. Some employers authorize the college to bill them directly. In this case, students
must present billing authorization when they register.
Withdrawal from Program and College and Readmission
To withdraw from Lebanon Valley College, an MBA student must complete an official
withdrawal form obtained from the MBA academic adviser. To apply for readmission, an
MBA student must have the written approval of the MBA program director.
132
DIRECTORY
BOARD OITKLSTLKS
LEBANON VALLEY C0LLP:GE
Officers
Thomas C. Reinhart '58 Chairperson
Edward H. Arnold Vice-Chairperson
Elaine G. Hackman '52 Vice-Chairperson
Harry B. Yost '62 Secretary
Andrea F. Bromberg Assistant Secretary
Deborah R. Fullani 'XI Treasurer
Donald M. Cooper Assistant Treasurer
Allan W. Mund Chairperson Emeritus
F. Allen Ruthert'ord Jr. '37 Chairperson Emeritus
Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44 Chairperson Emerita
Trustees
Howard L. Applegate. B.A.. M.A.. Ph.D.: Professor of History and American Studies.
Lchamm Valley Col lef^e f 1999).
Edward H. Arnold. li.A., L.H.D.; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Arnold Industries.
Inc. (1999).
Katherine J. Bishop, B.A.. M.B.A.: President. Lebanon Seaboard Corporation 1 1997).
Donald M. Cooper. Retired Business E.xecutive 1 1997).
Wesley T. Dellinger. CRS, GRI, CSP. '75. B.S.: Realtor. The Prudential Gacono Real Estate
(1997).
Ross W. Fasick "55. B.S.. M.S., Ph.D.: Retired Business Executive. El. DuPont de Nemours
Si Co. (I99S).
Eugene R. Geesey '56. B.S.: Onner/Presulent. CIB. Inc. (1998).
Darwin G. Gliek ^S. R.S'.; Retired Presulent. Click. Stanilla and Siet^el. C.P..A. (1999).
Martin L. Glunt/ '5.^; B.S.. M.S.. Ph.D.: Retired Vice President. Technical Sen ices. Hershey
Eoods Corporation. (1999).
Elaine G. Hackman '52. B .\.: Retired Business Executive (1997).
\}}
A.L. Hanford III, B.A.; Owner/Operator, Ladd Hanford Motors, Inc.; President, Photo-
graphic Rotary Screen Co. (1997).
Wendie DiMatteo Holsinger, B.A., M.Ed.; Chief Executive Officer, A.S.K. Foods, Inc.
(1999).
F. Obai Kabia '73, M.P.A., B.S.; Political Affairs Officer of the United Nations (1998).
Erich G. Linker Jr. '70, B.S., M.B.A.; Marketing Vice President, New York Times Company
(1997).
Alfred S. Maloney, B.S., M.A., M. Div.; Clergy /Director, Metro Ministries (1998).
James A. Mitchell, B.S., M.B.A.; Retired Corporate Insurance Manager, E.I. DuPont de
Nemours & Co. (1998).
Brian R. Mund, B.S., M.B.A.; Owner/President, Surphratt Investments (1999).
Beth A. Paul '98; Student, Lebanon Valley College (1998).
G. David Pollick, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.; President, Lebanon Valley College.
George M. Reider Jr. '63, B.S.; Insurance Commissioner, State of Connecticut, Department
of Insurance (1998).
Thomas C. Reinhart '58, B.S.; Owner/President, T.C.R. Packaging, Inc. (1999).
Bruce R. Rismiller '59, B.A., M.Ed.; Retired Executive Vice President, Northwest Airlines
(1998).
Stephen H. Roberts '65, B.S., President, Echo Data Services, Inc. (1998).
Gail A. Sanderson, B.A., M.B.A.; Associate Professor of Accounting, Lebanon Valley
College (1997).
ConradM. Siegel, F.S.A., B. Com., M.S.; Consulting Actuary, ConradM. Siegel, Inc. (1998).
Morton Spector; Chairman of the Board and Treasurer, D & H Distributing Company
(1998).
Susan E. Verhoek, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor of Biology, Lebanon Valley College (1998).
John Walter '53, B.S., J.D.; President Judge, Lebanon County Court of Common Pleas,
Retired (1998).
134
Albertinc P. Washington, li.A., P.O.; Elementary Teacher, Lebanon School District ( 199H).
J. Dennis Williams, BA., M.Div., D.Min., D.D.; Retired Fastor, St. John s United Methodist
ChiurhdW?}.
Samuel A. Willman "67, U.S.. M.Com.: President , Delta Packaging, Inc. I J999).
Harry B. Yosl '62. Hsq., P.S.. LL.D., LL.M.: Partner Appel & Yost (1997).
Emeriti
William D. Boswcll, Esq., LL.B., Ph.B.: Attorney, Boswell. Snyder. Tinlner & Piccola.
Raymond H. Carr; President and CEO ofCignaiurc Hospitalities Limited.
Dcwilt M. Essick '?>4,A.B.. M.S.: Retired E.xecutive. Armstrong World Industries.
Eugene C. Fish, Esq., B.S., J.D., D.H.L.: Chairman and President, Peerless Industries. Inc.:
Chairman of the Board, Eastern Foundry Company: Managing Partner, Romeika, Fish and
Scheckter.
Arthur L. Goldberg, Esq., B.A.. J.D.: Attorney, Goldberg. Katzman and Shipman. PC.
Thomas W. Guinivan 'T^^.A.B., B.D., D.D.: Retired Pastor United Methodist Church.
Paul E. Horn "40, A.B., M.Div.: Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church.
Gerald D. Kaufman '44. A. B.. B.D.. D.D.. Retired Pastor United Methodist Church: Officer
of the Courts. County of Cumberland.
Allan W. Mund, LL.D., D.B.A.: Retired Chairman of the Board. EUicott Machine Corpora-
tion.
Harold S. PeitTer "42, A.B., B.D., S.T.M., D.D.: Retired Pastor. United Methodist Church:
President. Retired L'niled Methodist Ministers of Lancostei County.
Kenneth H. Plummer; Retired President. E.D. Phimmer Sons. Inc.
Jessie A. Pratt, B.S.; Retired Administrative Assistant, Sancti(ms Division. City of Philadel-
phia.
Mel\ in .S. Rite; Retired Executive. St. Regis Paper Company.
F. Allen Ruthertord Jr. ' M. B.S.. I.L.D.: Retired Principal. .Arthur Y(ning and Company.
Daniel I.. Shearer 3S,.\./i., S.r..\l.. B.D.: Retired Pastor, iniied Methodist Church.
1 35
E. Peter Strickler '47, B.S.; President, Strickler Insurance Agency.
Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44, B.S., Ph.D., D.ScL; Retired Chief of Carcinogen Metabolism
and Toxicology Branch, National Cancer Institute.
Harlan R. Wengert, B.S., M.B.A., D.Sci.; Chairman of the Board, Wengert's Dairy, Inc.
E.D. Williams Jr., L.H.D.; Private Investor.
Charles W. Wolfe '44, B.A., M.Div.; Vice President Emeritus, Bucknell University.
Honorary
Felton E. May, B.A., D.D., M.Div.; Resident Bishop of the Harrisburg Area, United
Methodist Church.
SusanM. Morrison, fi.A., M.Div., D.Min.; Resident Bishop of the Philadelphia Area, Eastern
Pennsylvania and Peninsula-Delaware Conferences, United Methodist Church.
Anne B. Sweigart, B.S.; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Denver and
Ephrata Telephone and Telegraph Company.
Faculty take the time to offer individualized attention to students.
136
ADMINISTRATION
President
G. David Follick, I996-. Professor of Humanities, I996-. B.A.. University of San Diei^o,
1971: M.A.. University of Ottawa, 197 i; Hh.L, St. Haul's University. J 973; Ph.D.. Univer-
sity of Ottawa, I9HI.
Andrea Folk Brotnbcrg, I992-: E.xecutive Assistant to the President. I993-: B.A.. American
University, 1973: M.B.A., University of Montana, I97H.
General C()llef>e Officers
Richard F. Charles. I9HH-: Vice President f>r Advancement. I9HH-. A.B.. Franklin <£
Marshall Collci^e, 1953.
Deborah R. Fullam. 19H2-: Vice President and Controller. I995-. B.S.. Uhanon Valley
Collei^e. I9HI: MB. A.. Philadelphia Collei^e of Textiles & Science. I9HH.
Robert \[. Hamilton, I9H6-: Vice President fir Administration. /VW- .\.B.. .\Je\siah
CoUei^e. 1962: M.Ed.. Shippenshuri; University. 1966: D.Ed.. The Pennsylvania Stale
■ University, 1972.
William J. McGill Jr., 19H6-: Senior Vice Presideitt and Dean of the Facultx. I995-. A.B..
Trinity Colleiie, 1957: M.A.. Harvard University, 195H: Ph.D.. 1961.
Robert A. Riley, 1976-197S, I9i3is-: Vice President of Computini; and Telecommunications,
1 995-. B.S., Elizahethtown College. 1976.
Gregory G. Stanson. 1966-: Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services. 199I-.
H.A., Lehaiwn Valley College. 1963: M.Ed.. University of Toledo. 1966.
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
Academic
William J. MeGill. Senior \'ice President and Dean of the Eaculty.
Cheryl F. Baldort. I993-: Academic AiivisertoiheMB.\ Program. I9<^3-. B.S.. Shippenshurg
University, I9S3: M.B.A., Lebanon Vallcv College. 1992.
Karen I^UMier Best. /yyo-. Registrar, 1990-. B.A.. Dickinst^n College. 19S9.
Barbara Jones Denison. I9H7-: Director of the Ixincaster Center. 1995-. B.A.. Lehanon
\'(dley College. 1979: M..\.. University (f York. 19S1: Ph.D.. .\orth\vesteni University.
l^KS5.
Alice S. Diehl. /yC)6-; Technical Processes librarian. 1966-. A.B.. Smith College. 1956:
B.S.. iiirnegie Institute of Technology. 1^5": A/.L.V.. Lfnivcrsiry of Piiishurgh. 1966.
\ \}1
DaleJ. Erskine, 79S5-; Director, Youth Scholars Institute, 1985-. B.A., University of Maine
at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., University
of Oklahoma, 1981. (On leave, 1996-1997).
Elaine D. Feather, 1989-; Director of Continuing Education, 1989-. B.S., State University
of New York College at Cortland, 1965; M.S., State University of New York College at
Brockport, 1973.
Arthur L. Ford, 1965-; Dean of International Programs, 1996-. A.B., Lebanon Valley
College, 1959; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1960; Ph.D., 1964.
Stanley A. Furmanak, 1990-; Systems and Reference Librarian, 1994-, B.A., University of
Scranton, 1978; M.A., The Catholic University of America, 1981; M.L.S., Southern Con-
necticut State University, 1984.
Andrew S. Greene, 1990-; Director of Media Services, 1992-. B.S., Kutztown University,
1990.
John D. Hoke, 7994-; Adjunct Catholic Chaplain, 1994-. B.A. Mount St. Mary's College,
1971; M.A., 1975.
Marcus Home, 1992-; Science Departments Stock Coordinator, Hazardous Waste Materials
Officer. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1992.
Maria Wagner Jones, 1994-; Coordinator, Lebanon Valley College Science Education
Partnership, 1994-. A.A., Harrisburg Area Community College, 1991; B.A., The Pennsylva-
nia State University, 1993.
Patricia K. Laudermilch, 1987-; Assistant Registrar, 1996-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College,
1996.
Leon E. Markowicz, 1971-; Director of Academic Support Programs, 1990-. A.B.,
Duquesne University, 1964; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1972. (On
leave, 1996-1997).
Leo Mazow, 1996-; Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Gallery, 1996-. B.A., University of
Denver, 1986; M.A., University of Colorado, 1989; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill, 1996.
Daniel B. McKinley, 1988-; Director of Freshmen Programs; Coordinator of Lebanon
Valley Educational Partnership, 1995-. B.S., United States Coast Guard Academy, 1968;
M.A.L.S., Wesleyan University, 1973; M.A., University of Maryland, 1982.
James W. Mentzer Jr., 1994-; Director of the MBA Program, 1994-. B.B.A., The Pennsylva-
nia State University, 1983; M.B.A., Chaminade University, 1988.
138
Donna L. Miller, I9H6-: Readers' Service Lihrarian, I9H6-. 8.S.. Millersville University.
I9H4: li.A.. Lchaium Valley Collefie. 1993: M.L.S.. Drexel University. 1986.
W Robert Paustian, I99J-: Librarian. J99J-. li.A., University of Missouri. 1971: M.A..
University of Kansas. 1975: M.A.. University oj Missouri. 1979.
Ann M. Snuilowil/, 1994-: Acailemic Adviser for Continuing Education. 1994-. U.S.. East
Stroudshurii University. 19H3.
Susan S/ydlowski, 1995-: Director of Special Music Proi^ranis, 1995-. li.A. Colby College,
I9()9.
D. Darrell Woonier. I992-: Chaplain. I992-. Interim Director of the Honors Proi>ram.
I996-. li.A.. Juniata Collei^e. 1964: M.Div.. Pittshuri>h Theoloi^ical .Seminary. 1969: Th.M..
1972; M.A.. Duquesne University. 19H6: Ph.D.. 1996.
Enrollment and Student Services
Gregory G. Slanson, Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services.
Judy Agaoglii, 1993-: Ctfunselinf^ Psycholoi^ist. 199 i-. B..\.. University of Kentucky. 1962:
■ M.S., Hahnemann University, 1984.
Lcuiise Answ ine, 1993-: Counselini^ Psycholoi^ist. 1993-. B.A.. Muhlenhiiri^ Collei^e. 19S4:
M.S.. Millersville University. 19H9: C.A.C.. P.C.A.C.B.. 1993.
Susan Borelli-Went/el. 1990-: Assistant Director of .Admission. 1992-. B..\.. .Alhrii^ht
Colle,i:e. I9S9.
Mark A. Bre/itski. 1986-: Assistant Director of Admission. 1995-. B..A.. Shippenshun;
University. /y.S'5.
William J. Brown. Jr., I9S()-: Dean of .Admission and Financial .Aid. 1993-. B..A.. Lwhanon
Valley Collei^e. 1979: M.B.A.. Philadelphia Collefie (f Textiles and Science. I9SS.
Donna (Vnlolanli. /W6-, Hall Dircdor. I996-. B.A.. Lebanon Valley Collei^e. 1995.
David C. Evans. 19iSl-: Director of Career Plannint; and Placenuni. NS9-. B..A . Slippery
Rock University, 1969: M.Ed.. Rutf^ers University, 1970.
Jenniter Dawson Evans. 1991-: Director of Student .Activities and the C(>llei;e Center.
1995-. B.S.. Kan.uis State Ihiiversity, 1989: M.S.. Shippenshuri; L'niver.uiy. /W/.
Vicki Gingrieh. l9i-)4-: .Adviser to lnternati(>nal Snulenis. 19Q4-. B.S.. .\tans(u'ld Univvrsiry.
1975.
}^)
Ronald K. Good, 1983-; Associate Director of Admission, 1991-. B.S. in Ed., Millersville
University, 1959; M.Ed., 1966.
David W. Heeter, 1996-; College Physician, 1996-. D.O., Philadelphia College of Osteo-
pathic Medicine, 1991.
Winston Horshaw, 1996-; Hall Director, 1996-. B.S. Shippensburg University, 1994.
JohnT.Hower,79SS-; Counseling Psychologist, 1988-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1970; M.A.,
Rosemead School of Psychology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977.
Linda Hower, 1993-; Counseling Psychologist, 1993-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1971;
M.S.W., Temple University, 1992.
Pauline Kreider, 7995-; Staff Nurse, 1995-. R.N. Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1960.
Terri Gable Lloyd, 1993-; Director of E.H. Arnold Sports Center, 1993-. B.S., Slippery Rock
University, 1980.
Gary A. Luken, 1995-; College Physician, 1995-. M.D., University of Cincinnati, 1977.
Dawn E. Murray, 1995 -; Admission Counselor, 1995-. B.A., Millersville University, 1995.
David W. Newell, 1992-; Assistant Dean of Student Services, 1992-, B.A. Heidelberg
College, 1987; M.S., Bowling Green State University, 1989.
Robert K. Nielsen, 799i-; College Physician, 1993-. M.D., Albany Medical College, 1975.
Mindy Fames, 7995-; College Physician, 1995-. M.D., State University of New York, 1989.
Jennifer Peters, 1994-; Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 1996-. B.S., Lebanon Valley
College, 1992.
Heather L. Richardson, 1991 -; Assistant Director of Admission and Financial Aid Counse-
lor, 1995-. B.S., University of Delaware, 1989.
Karin L. Right-Nolan, 1994-; Director of Financial Aid, 1995-. B.A., Allegheny College,
1994.
Susan Sarisky, 1993-; Admission Counselor, 1993-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1992.
Kimberly A. Saunders, 1996-; Multi-Cultural Adviser/Assistant Director of Student Activi-
ties, 1996-. B.S., University of Delaware, 1992; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1996.
Robert Simmons, 7996-; Hall Director, 1996-. B.A., Wilkes University, 1993.
140
Jon Wcslcoll, 1996-: Hall Director, I996-. li.A.. U'hanon Valley College. 1993.
Juliana/. Wollc, 1975- I97H: 1979-; Director of Health Center and Head Nurse, 1979-.
R.N., Diploma, St. Jo.seph'.s Ho.spital, J 963.
Rosemary Yuhas, I973-; Dean of Student Services, 1991 -. U.S., hick Haven University.
I96(): M.hd.. West Chester University. 1970.
Advancement
Richard I-. Charles, Vice President for Advancement.
Shanna G. Atller, 1992-; Actini^ Director of Alumni Programs. 1996-. B.S.. Bucknell
University, 1992.
Fllen H. Arnold. I9SS-: Director of Development. 1991 -. B.A.. Bucknell University. 1964.
C. Paul Brubaker Jr., I9S9-: Director of Planned (jivini^. B.S.. Franklin and Marshall
Collci^e, 1952: M.B.A., Wharton Cradiiate School. University of Pennsylvania. 1955.
John B. Deanrier Jr., 19H6-: Director of Sports Infornmtion and .Athletics Development.
1 992-. B.A., UiSalle University. I9H5.
Mary Belli Mower, 1990-: Director of Media Rclatitms. 1993-. B.A.. .Messiah Collei^e. 1990.
Pamela V. Lamherl, \9^1-:Assistcuil Director of Annual Givuiii. i99()-. B.A.. Lebanon Valley
Collci^c. 199().
Carolyn A. l.au\er, I992-: Director of Annual Clivini^. 1992-. .Associate Director of
Development. 1996-. B.Mus.. Collei^e Misericordia. 1963.
Jane Marie Pahuia, h^i-M)-: Aclinii Director of CoUciic Relations. I996-. B..\.. .Moriivian
Collci^e. I9S().
Ju(.ly Pehrson. 19S9-: P.xeiiitive Direiior of Collei;e Relations. 1994-. B..\.. L niversity of
Michiiian, I96S: A/..\., 1972: Certificate for Teachini^ Pni^lish as a Sec(>nd Luini^ua^e.
Trinity Colleiie, London, 1993. (Fulhriiiht Profes.sor m China 1996-1997).
Diane F. Wenger, 19S9-: Director <f .Alumni Pnti^rams. I9Q2-. B..A.. Lebanon Valley
Colleiie, 1992; M.A., The Pennsylvania State L'niversity, 1994. (On leave 1996-1997).
flniiinicil .Xffciir.'i
Deborah R. lullam. \ ice President and Controller.
Ben D. Oreskmieh. 1994-: .Assistant Controller. I994-. AS. Danville Area Contmuniry
College. 1990; B.S., The Penn.sylvania State University. 1993.
^ 141
David I. Lasky, 1974-; Director of Institutional Research, 1995-. A.B., Temple University,
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961.
Dana K. Lesher, 1990-; Payroll and Benefits Administrator, 1995-. B.A., Millersville
University, 1977.
Computing and Telecommunications
Robert A. Riley, Vice President of Computing and Telecommunications.
Sheryl A. Campbell, 1996-; Assistant Director of Administrative Computing, 1996-. B.A.,
Elizabethtown College, 1992.
Robert J. Dillane, 1985-; Director of Administrative Computing, 1986-. B.S., Lebanon
Valley College, 1977.
Crystal L. Egan, 1996-; User Support Specialist, 1996-. B.S., The Pennsylvania State
University, 1988.
Matthew P. Sinapoli, 1995-; Networks Manager, 1995-. A.S., Pennsylvania College of
Technology, 1991; B.S., Bloomsburg University, 1994.
Walter L. Smith, 1961-1969; 1971-; Director of Special Services, 1982-. B.S., Lebanon
Valley College, 1961; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1967.
Michael C. Zeigler, 7 990-; Director of User Services, 1990-. B.S., The Pennsylvania State
University, 1979; M.S., 1995.
Administrative Affairs
Robert E. Hamilton, Vice President for Administration.
Harold G. Schwalm, 1994-; Director of Maintenance, 1994-.
Robert E. Hamish, 1967-; Manager of the College Store, 1967-. B.A., Randolph Macon
College, 1966.
Margaret A. Lahr, 1988-; Director of Housekeeping, 1988-.
George F. Lovell Jr., 1988-; Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, 1988-.
James P. Monos, 1986-; Assistant Director of Athletics for Recruitment and Retention,
1992-. B.S., Shippensburg University, 1972; M.Ed., Western Maryland College, 1978.
Gary V. Nolan, 7996-; Assistant Manager of the College Store, 1996-. B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, 1992; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 1994.
142
Louis A. Sorrcniino, 197 1 -: Director oj Athletics, I9HI-. B.A.. Lebanon Valley, 1954; M.S.,
Bucknell University. 1961.
Kathleen '["ierncy, I9SJ-; Associate Director oJ Athletics. Coordinator of Summer Sports
Camps. I9HH-. U.S.. State University of New York at Brockport. 1979.
Kevin R. Yeiser. I9S2-: Director of Grounds. I9H2-.
Allen R. Yingst. I9H9-: Director of Security and Safety. 1990-.
Athletics
John Gergle, /994-,- Baseball Coach. I994-.
Peg A. Kautfman. /W.^, Women's Basketball Coach. /99J-. B.A.. Millersville University.
19S7: M.Ed. 1991.
Lawrence M. Larthey. /9.SVS'-,- VV/y'.s7////,i,' Coach. I9S<S-. B.S.. Lebamm Valley Collei;e. 1972.
Brad 1-. MeAlester, 1994-: Men's Basketball Coach, 1994-. B.A., Southampum College of
Lony, Island University. 1975.
James P. Moni)s Jr.. I9S6-: Football Coach. 19H6-: Assistant Director of Athletics for
Recruitment and Retention. I992-.
CHff Myers. /99-;-.- Head Tennis Coach. 1994-.
Wayne Perry. 19S7-: \V<mien's Volleyball Coach. 19S8-. B.S.. Lebamm Valley College.
I97S.
Mark Piilisie. /992-; Head .Soccer Coach. /99.-f-.
O. Kent Reed. 197 1 -: Men 's Track and Field Coach. Men 's and Women 's Cross-Country
Coach. 1971-. B.S.. Otterbein College. 1956: M.A.. Eastern Kentucky University. 1970.
Robert Simmons. 1 996-: Assistant Basketball Coach. 1996- : B.A.. Wilkes L'niversity. 1996.
Louis A. .SiMientiiui. Director of .Athletiis. 1971 -: Coif Coach. 1989-.
James H. Stark. 19S6-; Athletic Trainer. 19S6-. B.S.. Lock Haven University. 19SJ: .M.Ed..
Shippenshurg University. 19S6.
Kathleen NL Tierney. 1*^)8.^-; .Associate Director (>f .Athletics. Coordinator of Summer Spttrts
Camps. I9SS-: Field HockeyCnuh. 19SJ-.
14,^
FACULTY
Active ^*
Howard L. Applegate, 1983-; Professor of History and American Studies. Chairperson of the {^
Department of History and American Studies. B.A., Drew University, 1957; M.A., Syracuse ,
University, 1960; Ph.D., 1966.
Sharon O. Arnold, 1986- ; Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Akron, 1964; ,
M.A., 1967; M.5.W., Temple University, 1994.
I
9
Susan L. Atkinson, 1987-; Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Shippensburg Univer-
sity, 1972; M.Ed., (Elementary Education) 1973; M.Ed., (Special Education), 1979; D.Ed., r
Temple University, 1987.
Philip A. Billings, 1970-; Professor of English. Chairperson of the Department of English.
B.A., Heidelberg College, 1965; M.A., Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., 1974.
Marie G. Bongiovanni, 1990-; Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Temple University, "
7977; M.B.A., Drexel University, 1982; M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1996. i
t
Donald C. Boone, 1988- ; Associate Professor of Hotel Management. B.A., Michigan State *
University, 1964; M.B.A., 1966. I
Leslie E. Bowen, 1993-; Lecturer in Art, Convener/Administrator of the Department of Art. ^
B.S.A., Moore College of Art, 1972; M.F.A., Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Art, 1993. ^
r
James H. Broussard, 1983-; Professor of History. A.B., Harvard University, 1963; M.A., '*
Duke University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. (^
Andrew J. Brovey, 1994-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Bloomsburg University, ^
1979; B.S., 1980; M.S., Lehigh University, 1985; Ed.D., 1994.
D. Eugene Brown, 1983-; Professor of Political Science. B.S., Western Illinois University,
1969; M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1973; Ph.D., 1982.
Donald E. Byrne Jr., 1971 -; Professor of Religion and History. Director of the American
Studies Program. B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1963; M.A., Marquette University, 1966; Ph.D.,
Duke University, 1972.
Michael A. Camann, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Biology. A. S., Northern Virginia Commu-
nity College, 1987; B.S., George Mason University, 1989; Ph.D., University of
Georgia, 1995.
Lee A. Chasen, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bloomsburg
University, 1989; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 1995.
144
Sharon F. Clark, 7986-; Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of Richmond,
1969; J. I)., 1971.
Richard D. Cornelius, I9H5-; Professor of Chemistry. Chairperson of the Department of
Chemistry. B.A., Carlcton Collci^c, 1969; Ph.D.. University of Iowa. 1974.
Salvalore S. Cullari, I9H6-: Professor of Psychology. Chairperson of the Department of
Psy(hoh>i^y. B.A.. Kcan Collci^e, 1974: M.A., Western Michigan University, 1976: Ph.D.. 19H1.
Donald B. Dahlbcrg, I9H0-: Professor of Chemistty. B.S.. University of Washington. 1967:
M.S., Cornell University. 1969: Ph.D.. 1971.
Michael A. Day, 19H7-: Professor of Physics. Chairperson of the Department of Physics.
B.S., University of Idaho. 1969: M.A., 1975. Ph.D.. 1977. University of Nebraska I Philoso-
phy). M.S.. 197H. Ph.D.. 19H3. University of Nebraska (Physics). (On leave. 1996-1997)
Johannes M. Dietrich, 1995-: Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Montana State University.
1990: M.M., University of Cincinnati College-Consenatory of .Music. 1992: D.M.A., 1996.
Deanna L. Dodson, 1994-: Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S.. Tennessee Technologi-
cal University. 19S5: M.S.. Memphis State University. 19<SS: Ph.D.. 1992.
PhyHsC. Dryden, I9H7-: Associate Professor of English. B. A. .Atlantic Union College. 1976:
M.A.. State University of New York at Albany. 19S5: D.A.. 19SS.
Scotl H. Eggert, 19H3-: Associate Professor of Music. B.F.A.. University of Wisconsin
(Milwaukee). 1971: M.A.. University of Chicago. 1974: D.M.A.. University of Kan.sas. l'^S2.
Dale J. Erskine, 19Sj)-: Professor of Biology. Director of the Youth Scholars Institute. B..A..
University of Maine at Portland. 1974: M.A.. Stale University of New York at Buffalo. 1976:
Ph.D.. Universilx of Oklahoma. I9SI. (On leave. 1996-1997)
?m\cK\¥..\\ , 1996-: Assistant Professor of .\rt. B..\.. The College of William and Maiy. 19S0:
M.F.A.. University of Massachusetts. I9S7.
Michael D. Iry. /V<S'.->-. Pr(fessor of Mathematical Sciences. B..\.. Immaculate Heart
College. I97>: Ph.D.. Universitx of Illinois. I9S0.
Marianne (.uHKileliow. h>9l)-: Lecturer in Socittlogv. B..\.. Stiile University (f .\ew Yi'rk at
riallshiugh. 1979: M.A.. The Pennsylvania State University. 19S2: Ph.D.. 19^5.
Michael A. Cuella. I9SI)-: Pr(fess<>r of Education. Chairperson of the Department of
Educiuion. B.A.. St. Mary's Seminary mid I nivt-rsity. hK^S: .\/..\.. West \'irginia L niversity.
1970: Ed.D.. 1974.
\
\ 145
Gary Grieve-Carlson, 1990- ; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bates College, 1977;
M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1980; Ph.D., Boston University, 1988.
(On leave, Spring 1997)
Carolyn R. Hanes, 1977-; Professor of Sociology. Chairperson of the Department of
Sociology and Social Work. B.A., Central Michigan University, 1969; M.A., University of
New Hampshire, 1973; Ph.D., 1976.
Stacy A. Hazen, 1996-; Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., Westminster College, 1991;
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996.
Bryan V. Hearsey, 1971 -; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Chairperson of the Depart-
ment of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Western Washington State College, 1964; M.A.,
Washington State University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968.
Robert H.Hearson, 1986-; Associate Professor of Music. B. Music, University of Iowa, 1964;
M.A., 1965; Ed.D., University of Illinois, 1983.
John H. Heffner, 1972-; Professor of Philosophy. Chairperson of the Department of Religion
and Philosophy. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1968; B.A., 1987; A.M., Boston University,
1971; Ph.D., 1976.
Paul A. Heise, 1991 -; Associate Professor of Economics. B.S.F.S., Georgetown University,
1958; M.A., 1963; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1972; Ph.D., New School for Social
Research, 1991.
Jeanne C. Hey, 1989-; Associate Professor of Economics. B.A., Bucknell University, 1954;
M.B.A., Lehigh University, 1982; Ph.D., 1990. (On leave. Fall 1996)
Barry R. Hill, 1993-; Assistant Professor of Music. Director of the Music Recording
Technology Program. B.S., Music with Recording Arts, University of North Carolina at
Asheville, 1989; M.M., New York University, 1996.
J. Noel Hubler, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., University of
Pennsylvania, 1981; Ph.D., 1995.
Barry L. Hurst, 1982-; Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., Juniata College, 1972; Ph.D.,
University of Delaware, 1982.
Diane M. Iglesias, 1976-; Professor of Spanish. Chairperson of the Department of Foreign
Languages. B.A., Queens College, 1971; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., City University of New York,
1979.
Richard A. Joyce, 1966-; Associate Professor of History. A.B., Yale University, 1952; M.A.,
San Francisco State College, 1963.
146
John F. Kearney. 197 1-: Professor of English. li.A., Si. Benedict's College. 1962; M.A.,
University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, I96H.
Mary L. Ix'moiis, I996-: Assistant Profcssorof Music. U.S., University of Illinois at Urbana-
Chimipaii^n: M.S.. 1990: IaI.D.. 1996.
Robert W. Leonard, 1 9HH-; Associate Professor of Business Administration. Chairperson of
the Dcpariincni of Business Administration. B.A., Ohio University, 1977; M.A., St. Francis
School (it InilusUial Relations. 197H:M.B.A.. OhioState University. 19H6. (Onleave. Sprint; 1997)
Louis Manza, \9^5-\ Assistant Professor of Psycholof>y. B.A.. State University of New York
at Bini^hamum, I9HH; M.A., Brooklyn Colic j^e. 1991; M. Phil.. City University of New York.
1991: Ph.D., 1992.
Leon E. Markowic/., 197 1 -: Professor of Business Administration. A.B.. Duquesne Univer-
sity, 1964: M.A.. Univcrsiix of Pennsylvania, I96H: Ph.D.. 1972. (Onleave. 1996-1997)
G. Daniel Massad, 19S5-: Artist-in-Rcsidence. B.A., Princeton University. 1969: .M.A..
University of Chicaf>o. 1977: M.F. A.. University of Kansas, 19H2.
Joerg W. P. Mayer. 1970-: Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Dipl. Math.. University of
C lessen. 1953: Ph.D.. 1954.
' Mark L. Meehani. 1990-: Professor of Music. Chairperson ofthe Department of . Music. B.M..
University of Utah, 1976; M.M.. I97H: D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
19S5. (On leave. Fall 1996)
Owen A. Moe Jr.. 1973-: Professor of Chemistry. B.A.. St. Olafs College. 1966: Ph.D..
Piiritiic I 'nlvcrsily. 197 1 .
Philip G. Morgan. 1969-: .Associate Professor of Music. B..\f.F.. Pilishurg Stiile L'niversity
(Kansas). 1962: M.S.. 1965.
John D. Norton. 197 1 -: Professor of Political Science. Chairperson of the Department of
Political Science and Fconomics. B.A.. University of Illinois. 1965: M..-\.. Florida State
University. 1967: Ph.D.. American University. 1973.
Mary K. Pettice. 1994-: Assistant Professor of English. B..\.. Illinois Wesleyan University.
19S2: M..S.. Univer.'iity of Illinois. 19S3: M.A. I9S6: Ph.D.. University of Houston. 1994.
Sidne> i'oilaek. I97('>-: Pnfcssitr of Biology. B.A.. .\ew York L'niversity. 1963: Ph.D..
University of Pennsylvania. 1970.
Kevin H. Pry. /W/-; Lecturer in English. B.A.. Lchamm Willev College. 1976: M.A.. The
Penn.'iylvania State University. 19S0; Ph.D.. I9S4.
147
Barney T. Raffield III, 1990-; Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A.,
Southern Methodist University, 1968; M.B.A., 1971; Ph.D., Union Graduate School, 1982.
Sharon Hall Raffield, 1990-; Associate Professor of Sociology. A.B., Wheaton College,
1963; M.S.W., Washington University, 1967.
O. Kent Reed, 197 1-; Associate Professor of Physical Education. Director of the Physical
Education Program. B.S., Otterbein College, 1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University, 1970.
Suzanne Caldwell Riehl, 1982-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Lebanon Valley College,
1979; M.M., Westminster Choir College, 1982.
Gail A. Sanderson, 1983-; Associate Professor of Accounting. B.A., Hobart and William
Smith Colleges, 1970; M.B.A., Boston University, 1977.
James W. Scott, 1976-; Professor of German. Director of General Education. B.A., Juniata
College, 1965; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971.
Steven M. Specht, 1989-; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., State University of New
York at Oswego, 1982; M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1987; Ph.D., 1988.
Joelle L. Stopkie, 1989-; Associate Professor of French. Licence, Sorbonne, 1960; M.A.,
New York University, 1963; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1979. (On leave, Spring 1997)
Thomas M. Strohman, 1977-1983; 1987-; Instructor in Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1975.
Dale E. Summers, 1990-; Assistant Professor of Education. Director of Elementary and
Secondary School Relations. B.S., Ball State University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ed.D., 1978.
LindaL. Summers, 199 1-; Instructor in Education. B.S., BallState University, 1972; M.A., 1977.
Dennis W. Sweigart, 1972-; Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; M.M.,
University of Michigan, 1965; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1977.
Warren K. A. Thompson, 1967-; Associate Professor of Philosophy. A.B., Trinity University,
1957; M.A., University of Texas, Austin, 1963.
MarkA.Townsend, 1983-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bethany Na-
zarene College, 1965; M.A., Oklahoma University, 1969; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1983.
Angel T. Tuninetti, 1996-; Assistant Professor of Spanish. L.L.M., Universidad Nacional de
Cordoba, 1986; M.A., Washington University, 1991.
Susan E. Verhoek, 1974-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1964; M.A.,
Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1975.
148
Barbara S. Vlaisavljcvic, 1 987-; Assistant Professor oj Accounting, 19HH. B.A.. Lehigh
University, 1979; M.B.A., 19H5.
Carl T. Wigal , / 99.^ -; Assistant /'ro/essor of ( 'hcmistry. A . S. , College of Mount Saint Joseph.
I9H4; U.S., University of Cincinnati. I9H6: I'h.l).. Miami University. Ohio. 1990.
Stephen i;. Williams, I973-: Professor of Biology. B.A.. Central College. 1964; M.S.,
University of Tennessee, 1966: Ph.D.. Washington University, St. lj)uis. 1971.
Paul L. WoH, I966-: Professor of Biology. Chairperson of the Department of Biology. B.S..
Elizahelhtown College, 1960; M.S., University of Delaware, 1963; Ph.D.. I96H.
Allan I'. Wollc. I96H-: Professor of Biology. B.A.. Gettysburg College, 1963: M.A.. Drake
University. I96S: Ph.D.. University of Vermont. I96H.
Sharon L. Worlcy, 1994-: Lecturer in Accounting. B.A.. San Jose State College. 1963.
Kenneth Yarnall, \996-, Assistant Professorof Mathematical Sciences. B.S., South Carolina
College. I9H6: Ph.D., University of South Carolina, 1992.
Andres Zamora, 1 992-: Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., Universidad Complutense de
Madrid, 19H4: M.A., Auburn University, 1986; M.A., University of Southern California, Los
Angeles. 19S9: Ph.D.. 1994.
Emeriti
Madelyn J. Albreeht. 1973- 1990; Associate Professor Emerita of Education. B..A.. .\orthern
Baptist College. 1952: M.A.. Michigan State University, 195S: Ph.D.. 1972.
Richard C Bell. 1966- I9S7: Associate Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S.. Lebanon
Valley College. 1941; M.Ed.. Temple University, 1955.
JaniesO. Beniesderfer. 1959-1976; Chaplain Emeritus. A.B.. Lebanon \'alleyC(illege. 1936;
M.Div.. United Theological Seminary. P^39: S.T.M.. Lutheran Theological Seminary.
Philadelphia. 1945: S.T.D., Temple University. 1951.
I'loise I'. Brown, /W)/-/V<S'7,- Readers' Services Librarian Emerita. B.S.LS. Simmons
College. P>46.
VoorhisC .(. anlrell. I'-UhS- l'-/W2: Professor Emeritus <f Religion and Creek. B.\., Oklahoma
(Ity University. 1952; B.D.. Southern .Methodist I 'niversity. 1956: Ph.D.. Boston University.
1967.
D. Clark Carinean. 1933-1972: Director Emeritus if .\dmissions. .■\.B.. Ohio Wesleyan
University. Pi26: A/..\., Columbia University. 1932.
149
Charles T. Cooper, 1965-1979; Associate Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.S., U.S. Naval
Academy, 1942; M.A., Middlebury College, 1965.
George D. Curfman, 1961-1996; Professor Emeritus of Music Education. B.S., Lebanon
Valley College, 1953; M.M., University of Michigan, 1957; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State
University, 1971.
Robert S. Davidon, 1970-1984; Professor Emeritus of Psychology, 1985. A.B., University of
Illinois, 1940; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1946; Ph.D., 1951.
Carl Y. Ehrhart, 1947-1983; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Dean of the College
Emeritus. A. B., Lebanon Valley College, 1940; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1943;
Ph.D., Yale University, 1954.
William H. Fairlamb, 1947-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. Mus. B., cum laude,
Philadelphia Conservatory, 1949.
Elizabeth M. Geffen, 1958-1983; Professor Emerita of History. B.S., University of Pennsyl-
vania, 1934; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., 1958.
Pierce A. Getz, 1959-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College,
1951; M.S. M., Union Theological Seminary School of Sacred Music, 1953; A.M. D., Eastman
School of Music, 1967.
KlementM. Hambourg, 1982-1995; Professor Emeritus of Music. A.T.C.M., Royal Conser-
vatory of Music, 1946; L.R.A.M., Royal Academy of Music, 1962; A.R.C.M., Royal College
of Music, 1962; L.T.C.L., Trinity College of Music (London), 1965; Fellow, 1966; D.M.A.,
University of Oregon, 1977.
June E. Herr, 1959-1980; Associate Professor Emerita of Elementary Education. B.S.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1943; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1954.
Thomas A. Lanese, 1954-1978; Associate Professor Emeritus of Strings, Conducting, and
Theory. B. Mus., Baldwin-Wallace College, 1938; Fellowship, Julliard Graduate School;
M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music, 1952.
David I. Lasky, 1974-1995; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., Temple University,
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961.
Jean O. Love, 1954-1985; Professor Emerita of Psychology. A.B., Erskine College, 1941;
M.A., Winthrop College, 1949; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1953.
George R. Marquette, 1951-1990; Vice President Emeritus for Student Affairs. A.B.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ed.D., Temple University,
1967.
150
Anna I), labcr McVay, 195^-1976; Professor Emeriia of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley
College. I94H: M.A.. University of Wisconsin. 1950: Ph.D.. 1954.
H. Anthony Neidig, I94H-I9H5: Professor lime ritus of Chemistry . B.S.. Lebanon Valley
Collciie, 1943: M.S.. University of Delaware. 1946: Ph.D.. I94H.
Agnes II O'DoniiL'li. 1961 - I9H7: Professor Lmerita ofEn/^li.sh. A.li.. ImmacuUita Collef^e,
I94S: M.P.d.. Temple University. 1952: M.A.. University of Penn.sylvania. 1967: Ph.D..
1976.
J. Robert O'Donnell, 196I-/9S7: Associate Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S.. The
Pennsylvania .Stale University, 1950: M.S., University of Delaware. 1953.
(ieraki J. Petroles. I963-19HH: Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Educatitm. B.S..
Kent .State University, I95H: M.Ed.. 1962.
Sara H. Piel, 1960-1975: Professor Emerita ofForeii^n luinf^uages. A.B., Chatham College.
192H: M.A., University of Pittsburgh. 1929: Ph.D.. 1938.
Jacob L. Rhodes. 1957- 1 9H5: Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S.. Lebanon Valley College.
1943: Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania. I95H.
Malin Ph. Saylor. 1961-19S0: Professor Enu-rita of French. 19S5. Fil Kand.. Universities of
Upsala and Stockhohn. 193S.
Ralph S. Shay. I94H-I95I: 1953- 1 9H4: Professor Emeritus of History and .Assistant Dean
of the Collei;e Enwritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College. 1942: A.M.. University of Pennsyl-
vcinia. 1947: Ph.D.. 1962.
Robert W. Smith, 1951-19S3: Professor Enwritus of Music. B.S.. Lelnuum \ alley College.
1939: M.A.. Columbia University. 1950.
John A. S\nodinos. 19SS-1996: President Emeritus. B.S . Lovola College. 1959: .M.S.EJ..
lemple University. 1977.
James M. I hurmond, 1954-1979: I'Tofessor Emeritus of Music Education and Brass.
Diploma. Curtis Institute of Music. 193 1 : .A. B.. American iniversit\. 1*^5 1 : .\f..\.. Catholic
I'niversity, 1952: Mus.D.. Washington College of Music. 1944.
C. F. Joseph Ti>ni. 1954- 19S9: Professor Emeritus (\t Economics. B..A.. Hastings Cttllege.
1944: M.A.. Univer.sity of Chicago, 1947: Ph.D.. 1963.
Horace W. Toiisley. 1081-1045; .As.sociate Profess(n- Emeritus (f .Mathematical Sciences.
AH.. Ripon College. 1951: M.S. I.E., {OR) LIniversity of .Alabama, 1970.
LSI
Perry J. Troutman, 1960-1994; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Houghton College,
1949; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1964.
L. Elbert Wethington, 1963-1983; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Wake Forest, 1944;
B.D., Divinity School of Duke University, 1947; Ph.D., Duke University.
Glenn H. Woods, 1 965- 1 990; Associate Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley
College, 1951; M.Ed., Temple University, 1962.
Adjunct
Mark E. Achtermann, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Beloit
College, 1985; M.A., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1990.
Robert W. Biddle Jr., 1989-; Adjunct Instructor in Hotel Management. B.S., The Pennsylva-
nia State University, 1977; M.S., 1988.
Svetlana A. Bird, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in Russian. M.A., Moscow State Pedagogical
University, 1981.
Melissa Hoffman Bittinger, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, 1988; M.A., Miller sville University, 1994.
Anthony L. Blair, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in History. M.A., Shippensburg University,
1993.
James F. Bohan, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Loyola Univer-
sity, 1968; M.A., 1971.
Robert J. Bookmiller, 1995-: Adjunct Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A. Indiana
University of Pennsylvania, 1985; M.A., University of Virginia, 1989; Ph.D., 1992.
TheresaYohnBo'wley, 1 993-; Adjunct Instructor in French. B.A., Barrington College, 1981;
M.A., Middlebury College, 1982.
Teresa M. Bowers, 1978-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Susquehanna
University, 1973; M.S., Ohio State University, 1974.
MarthaleeT. Brod, 1 992-; Adjunct Instructor in Psychology. B.A., Houghton College, 1967;
M.Ed., Temple University, 1968; Ph.D., Fordham University, 1985.
Jason P. Casey, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Psychology. B.F.A., University of Memphis,
1989; M.S. 1992.
152
I'rwin P. Chandler, 1 97H-; Adjunct Assistant Hrojessoroj Music. B.S., Ithaca College. J966;
M.M., Indiana University. 1971 .
Jane Crabtree, I993-; Adjunct htstruc tor in Business Administration. 8. A., Monmouth
CoUci^c, 1964: M.A., Northwestern University. I96H: M.B.A., Boston Collef^e. 1977.
CJregory I.. Davis, I99I-: (iraduale Adjunct Assistant Professor of Accounting. 8.A..
Geltyshur,i^ Collei^e. I9HI : M.li.A.. York CoUei-e of Pennsylvania, I9HH.
Robert W. Dell, I994-: Adjunct Assistant Professor of ReHi>ion. B.A.. McPherson College,
1961: M.Div.. Hethanx Iheoloi^ical .Seminary. 1964: Ph.D.. Drew University. 1976.
riniolhy M. Devvald, I9H9-: Adjunct Instructor in Malhenuttical .Sciences. B..A.. Dickinson
CoUciic. 1971): M.Div.. Andover Newton Theoh>iiical School. 1975.
. Joseph DiSanto. I992-: .Adjunct Instructor in Lni^tish. B.S.. St. Joseph's University. 1967:
Department of Defense Information Officers' School. 1969: M.A.. Annenber^ School of
Comttnuucations. University of Pennsylvania, 1970.
James A. Erdnian II, 19S.^-: Adjunct Instructor in Music.
riiuothy M. Hrdnian, 19SS-: .Adjunct Instructor in Music. 8.S.. Temple University. 1970.
Dennis N. Hshlenian, I9,S5-: Adjumt Assistant Professor of Marketini:. .\1.B..\.. Columbia
University. 1977.
' William k. lislier, I99I-: Adjunct Instructor in Education. B.S.. Millersville University.
1954: M.Ed.. Temple University. 1964.
Judilli A. l-orsler. 1993-: .Xdjunct Instructor in Eni^lish. B.A.. Millersville University. 1987:
M.A.. Millersville University. I9H8.
Rita Clargotta. 1994-: .Adjiimt Instructor in Spanish. B.S . West Chester State College. 1972:
M..\., 1976: Diplonui. ['niversityofSavtlle.
' Hdwaid R. (iilbeit. /W-/-.- .\djuni t Assisimit Professor ,>f Psycholi>!i;y. B..\.. Dickinson
('(>//< T,'*'. I'-K>7: M.S.. The Pennsylvania Siiiie L 'niversitx. I95S: Ed.D.. Temple University. 1965.
Roheil I) (iingneh. 19S5-: Ailjunct Instructor in Social Work. .M.S.. .Moravian College. 1968.
Alien J (Ireifiei. l9'-)4-: .Xdjunci lnstruci(>r in Physics. B.S.. Carnegie .Mellon University.
I9(,l: .M.S.. Eranklin and. Marshall College. 1972.
Donald ('. Hoepler. 1992-: .Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B..A.. LelHtmm Valley College,
I9S9; .MA.. I'hc Pennsylvania State University. 1990.
153
Tara J. Hottenstein, 1 996-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B.A., Lebanon Valley College,
1992; M.A., West Chester University, 1995.
CynthiaR. Johnston, 1991 -; Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1987.
Cynthia L. Kirchoff, 1994- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Franklin and
Marshall College, 1972; M.A., University of South Florida, 1976; M.A., University of
Rochester, 1980; Ph.D., 1986.
Nevelyn J. Knisely, 1963-; Adjunct Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Oberlin College,
1951; M.F.A., Ohio University, 1953.
Walter Labonte, 1 992-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., Northeastern University, 1968;
M.A., 1977; M.Ed., Curry College, 1984.
Leonie Lang-Hambourg, 1992-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of German. Diplom, Munchener
Dolmetscherschule; M.A., University of Oregon, 1976.
David W. Layman, 1993 -; Adjunct Instructor inReligion. A.B., University of Chicago, 1977;
Ph.D., Temple University, 1994.
James W. McArdle, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B.A., University of Scranton,
1992; M.A., West Chester University, 1995.
James Miller, 1989- ; Adjunct Instructor in Music.
William Robert Miller Jr., 1995-; Adjunct Professor of Physics. B.A., Gettysburg College,
1956; M.A., University of Delaware, 1961; Ph.D., 1965.
JosephD. Mixon, 199 1-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., Moravian College, 1981; M.M.,
Combs College of Music, 1990.
John F. Nau Jr., 1 993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., United
States Military Academy, 1962; M.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute, 1971.
Robert A. Nowak, 1988-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Mansfield State
College, 1973; M.M., University of Miami, 1975.
Harry Owens, 1994-; Adjunct Professor of Military Science. B.S., University of Scranton,
1975; M.S., 1976; J.D., University of Detroit School of Law,, 1986. Lieutenant Colonel,
United States Army.
JudyPehrson, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of English. B.A., University of Michigan,
1968; M.A., 1972; Certificate for Teaching English as a Second Language, Trinity College,
London, 1993. (Fulbright Professor in China 1996-1997)
154
Joseph li. Peters, I974-: Adjunct Associate Hrofessor of Psychology. Ph.D., The Pennsylva-
nia Stale University. 1973.
I'li/.abeth A. Rohrbach, I995-: Adjunct lnstru( tor in Relif^ion. B.A.. Klizahethtown College.
IWI : M.Diw. Princeton iheolo^^ical Seminary. 1994.
Victoria Rose, 199.^-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. H.M.. Peahody Consenatory
of the Jolins Hoi>kin\ University. 1972: M.M.. Towson Slate University. 1994.
Ann LaBar Riissek. I99J-: Adjunct Instructor in pMi^lish. B.A.. Indiana University of
Pennsylvania. /9SS: M.P.A.. University of Alaska Anchoraf^e. 1993.
- Kirk W. Scibert, 1991 -: Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B..\.. The Pennsyl-
vania State University. 1969: M.S.. Cornell University. 1973: D.S.W'.. University of
Pennsylvania. I9H2.
Robert Sieniers, I995-: Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.M.. Southern Illinois University.
1979: M.M.. Pastman School of Music. I9HI.
Donald P. Snyder, 1 993-: Adjunct Instructor in History and .American Studies. M.A.. The
Pennsylvania State University. 1993.
William F.Stine III, I9H9-: Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.S.. Lebanon \'cdle\ College. 1969:
' M.A.. West Chester University. 1975.
Pord S. Thompson. I9(S5-: Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psycholcyyy. A/..A.. George
' Washiniiton University. 1967.
Anna F. Tilberg, I9S2-: Adjunct Instructor of Bioloi;y. B..\.. University of Pennsylvania.
1969.
Barbara Tremitiere, 1 994-: Adjunct Assistant Profes.sorof.Socioloi>y. H..A.. .Miami University
of Ohio. 1961: M.S.W.. [hiiversity of Pitt.<ihur}ih. 1963: Phil. Unicm Institute. 1992.
I liii-Piang (JelT) Tsai, 19SS-: Adjuiut Assistant Projes.sor of Business Administration. M.S.
(Statistics). Florida State University. 1971: M.S.( Economics). 1974: Ph.D.. 1976.
Richard J. rusluip, 19S'^>-: .Adjunct .Assistant Projes.wr of Psycholoi^y. .A.B.. St. \incent
Seminary: M.A.. 1971: Ph.D.. University of DeUnvare. 1977.
Pamela C Wallace. /^W)-. .Adjiaut Instructor in Reli}:ion. B..A.. Capital L'niversily. 1978:
A/./\.. l.uthercui Theoloiiical Seminary cU Gettysburg. t9S0: M.Div.. 1995.
Diane E. Wenger, 1994-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of History and American Studies. B.A.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1992; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1994. (On leave
1996-1997)
R. Gordon Wise, 1973-; Adjunct Professor of Art. Ed.D., University of Missouri, 1970.
Christina G. Wolfe, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in History. M.A., The University of
Pittsburgh, 1992.
Adjuncts in Medical Technology
Jersey Shore Medical Center: Medical Director, Martin Krummerman, M.D.; Program
Director, Perla Simmons, M.P.A;, M.T.(ASCP),S.H.
Lancaster General Hospital: Medical Director, James T. Eastman, M.D.; Program Director,
Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., M.T.(ASCP)
Polyclinic Hospital ofHarrisburg: Director, Frank R. Rudy, M.D. ; Program Director, Marcy
Anderson, M.S., M.T.(ASCP)
Reading Hospital and Medical Center: Director, I. Donald Stuard, M.D.; Program Director,
Sharon Strauss, CLS(NCA)M.T.(ASCP)
Sacred Heart Hospital: Medical Director, James M. Chiadis, M.D.; Program Director,
Deborah A. Schwab, M.T.(ASCP)
Dr. Raffield discusses an assignment with a student.
156
COI.LKGK SUPPORT STAFF
hihorah L. Atkins Development Office
Susan R. Aungst Librar>
I'liyllis C. Baschore President of the College Office
Barbara U. Batz Chemistry and Physics Departments
Marilyn li. Bocshorc Alumni Office
Dorothy A. Brchni Business Office
Donna L. Bricklcy Computing and Telecommunications Office
Jo Lynn Brummcr Annual Giving Office
Jiicly I:. Burger Humanities Departments
Vicki J Cantrcil Financial Aid Office
Miiiiika lid wards Continuing Education Office
( iiKiiccl'alger Science Education Partnership Office
Beverly J. Gamble Student Services Office
Cheryl A.George MediaCenter
Susan M. Greenawalt Continuing Education Office
I rncstinc R. Hanney Continuing Education Office
Nancy J. Hartman Business Office
Pamela S. Hillegas Athletic Office
Alice L. Kohr Student Serv ices Office
Constance W. Kershncr Development Office
Charlene R. Kreidcr Ad\ancement Office
( i Roz Kujovsky Chaplain "s Office
IV'Ligy Lane College Relations Office
I )Lh()rah L. Lcrchen Administration Office
Rose E. Livingston Arnold Sports Center
Karen R. McLucas Admission Office
Julie R. Nornhold Business Office
Gwendolyn W. Pierce Administration and Controller OtTices
( indy A. Plasterer Admission Office
c hiistine M. Reeves De\elopment Office
Shirley C. Ritter Print Shop and Mail Services
Sally A. Rivera Biology and Psychology Departments
Ann Safstrom Music IX'partment
Denise D. Sanders Mathematical Science IX-partmeni
Denise N. Smith English, international Programs. Six.iolog\. and General Education
Patricia A. Schools Career Planning and Placement Office and Student Activities
Jacqueline F. Showers Telephone Console Attendant
Gloria J. Shutter Library
Barbara A. Smith Senior Vice President and Dean of the Facult> Office
lngebi>rg M. Snoke IXnclopment OfTice
Jay L. Sorrentino Athletic Equipment Manager
Llla K. Stoit Library
Pamela J. Stoudt Library
1 mda L. Summers Registrar's Office
Iv'unie C. Tenney Buildings and Grounds Office
Nancy J. Waile Education Department
Beverly Yingst Arnold Sport Center
Susan B /earing Admission Ofllce
157
THE THOMAS RHYS VICKROY
DISTINGUISHED TEACHING AWARDS
The Vickroy Award recipient, who must be a full-time member of the college faculty, is
selected by the president of the college after appropriate consultation with alumni, students,
faculty and staff. The Vickroy Award replaces the Lindback Award which was presented
through the 1993 academic year.
Previous Awardees
1985 Leon E. Markowicz, Ph.D., Professor of English
1986 Carolyn R. Hanes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Social Work and
Leadership Studies
1987 Donald E. Byrne, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
1987 Mark A. Townsend, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences
1988 William H. Fairlamb, Mus.B., Professor of Music
1989 Paul L. Wolf, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
1990 Owen A. Moe Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
1991 Scott H. Eggert, D.M.A., Associate Professor of Music
1992 Gary Grieve-Carlson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English
1993 Diane M. Iglesias, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish
1994 Sidney Pollack, Ph.D., Professor of Biology and Barbara S. Wirth, M.B.A. ,
Assistant Professor of Accounting
1995 David L Lasky, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology
1996 James W. Scott, Ph.D., Professor of German
THE NEVELYN J. KNISLEY
AWARD FOR INSPIRATIONAL TEACHING
In 1988, Lebanon Valley College created an award for part-time and adjunct members of the
college faculty similar to the philosophy of the Vickroy Award. The first awardee was
Nevelyn J. Knisley. After the presentation of the first award, the president of the college
named this series of awards for Mrs. Knisley in recognition for her twenty-four years ol
inspired teaching in music.
Previous Awardees
1988 Nevelyn J. Knisley, M.F.A., Adjunct Associate Professor of Music
1989 Carolyn B. Scott, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in French
1990 Michael J. Asken, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology
1991 Joanne Cole Rosen, B.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry
1992 Kevin B. Pry, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Enghsh
1993 Thomas M. Strohman, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Music
1994 Timothy M. Dewald, M.Div., Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences
1995 Leonie Lang-Hambourg, M.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of German
1996 Cynthia R. Johnston, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry
158
- ACCREDITATION
•' l.chanoii Valley College is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle
^ Slates Association ofColiet'es and Schools.
i iebanoii Valley College is also accredited by the Pennsylvania Department of Education, the
-- National Association ol Schools of Music and the American Chemical Society.
«£ Lebanon Valley College is on the approved list ol the Regents ol the State University of New
_-- York aiitl olthe American Association of University Women.
%
^ Lebanon Valley C\)llege is a member of the lollowing: American Association of Colleges;
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities: Pennsylvania Foundation
J^ lor Independent Colleges; College Ljilrance Lxaminalion Board; College Scholarship
^ Service; Council of Independent Colleges; National Collegiate Athletic Association; .Middle
"^ Atlantic States Collegiate Athletic Conference; Penn-Mar Athletic Conference; Central
^^ Pennsylvania Field Hockey Association; Eastern College Athletic Conference.
^ NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY
-^^ Lebanon Valley College does not discriminate on the basis ot race, color, national and ethnic
^^ origin, sex, age, religion, sexual preference, or handicap.
^ STUDENT RETENTION
J^ Detailed information on student retention and graduation rates is available in the Office of
^ the Registrar.
%
^
%
%
rioduciion of this catalog is iiiulci the ili reel ion ol the KcgiNlKii ^ Oil ice. IuUmuki-
tion ittcludeil iscorrect as of the date of publication. Une\[vcted changes ma\ ivcur
during the course o\' the academic \ ear; therefore, the listing of a course or program
in this cat;ilog iloes not constitute a guarantee or contract that the particular course
o\ piogiam uill be offered during a gi\en \ear.
Ai! iiiloi inalion is eiMiecl as of Aucusi I. I^'^>('>
159
CAMPUS MAP
ACADEMIC & ADMINISTRATIVE QUADRANGLE 20.
1. Humanities Center and Administrative Offices: Academic 21.
Departments: English Department, Foreign Languages Depart- 22.
ment. History & American Studies Department, Political Science 23.
& Economics Department, Religion & Philosophy Department, 24.
Sociology & Social Work Department. Administrative Offices:
Business Office, Vice President c& Controller, Continuing Educa-
tion, Copy Center, Mail Room, MBA Office, Media Services, 25.
President, Registrar, Secretary of the College. Security & Safety,
Telephone Services, Senior Vice President & Dean of the Faculty, 26.
Vice President for Administration 27.
2. Blair Music Center: Music Department, Education Department, 28.
Art Department, Lutz Recital Hall, Music Recording Technology 29.
Studios 30.
3. Miller Chapel: Chaplains' Office, Chapel, Classrooms 31.
4. Lynch Memorial Hall: Intercollegiate Athletics, Emmett C. Roop
Management Department Wing. William H. Lodge Mathematical
Sciences Center, Computer Services Department, Lynch Gym 32.
5. Maintenance Shops 33.
6. Garber Sciences Center: Biology Department, Chemistry De- 34.
partment. Physics Department, Psychology Department 35.
7. Vernon and Doris Bishop Library 36.
8. Carnegie Building: Admission and Financial Aid 37.
9. LaughlinHall Advancement Offices: Alumni Programs, Annual 38.
Giving, College Relations, Development, Planned Giving
10. Wagner House: Student Services Offices 39.
11. Friendship House: Residence Hall 40.
12. Pencil Building 50.
13. Derickson Hall A and B: Student Apartments
RESIDENTIAL QUADRANGLE 51.
14. Allan W. Mund College Center: Conference Services, Dining 52.
Halls. Leedy Theater, Student Activities Offices, Career Planning 53.
& Placement, College Store, WLVC 54.
15. Mary Capp Green Residence Hall 55.
16. Vickroy Residence Hall . 56.
17. Keister Residence Hall 57.
18. Hammond Residence Hall 58.
19. Funkhouser Residence Hall
Silver Residence Hall
North College Residence Hall
Shroyer Health Center
Sheridan Avenue Residence Hall
Centre Residence Hall
ARNOLD SPORTS & RECREATION COMPLEX
Edward H. Arnold Sports Center: Indoor Track, Pool,
Recreational Facilities, Physical Education
Henry & Gladys Arnold Field
Soccer Field
Baseball Field
Hockey Field
Tennis Courts
Softball Field
OTHER FACILITIES
Kreiderheim: Guest and Conference Facility
Benjamin Cantor Entrance
South Campus Entrance
Bollinger Plaza
Heating Plant
Annvlile United Methodist Church
The Suzanne H. Arnold Gallery: Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery,
Zimmerman Recital Hall
Maintenance Offices
Frank Aftosmes House: Middle Atlantic Conference
Henry and Gladys Arnold Field
PARKING LOTS (41 - 49) • AREA STREETS
Heisey Road
To U.S. 22, 1-81 and 1-78
Sheridan Avenue
To Palmyra and Hershey
North White Oak Street/PA 934
To Lebanon and Reading
Main Street/U.S. 422
College Avenue
160
INDEX
Acaclctnic dishonesty policy
undergraduate 16
graduate 132
AcadcMiic procedures
undergraduate 7
graduate 130
Accounting program
courses 37
department 37
faculty 45
Accreditation 159
Actuarial science program
courses 76
department 76
faculty 82
Admissions
undergraduate full-time 4
undergraduate part-time 5
continuing education 5
graduate 130
Adiniruslration 137
\d\;uiceil placement 12
\llicil hcailli science
cooperative program 24
Antcrican studies program
courses 71
department 71
faculty 75
•An program
courses 29
department 29
faculty 30
\ssociale ilegrees 7
Ailcndance policy 1 1
Auditing policy 10
* liaccalaureatc degrees 7
biochemistry program
courses 34
rei|uircmcnls 34
' Kmlogy program
courses 31
department 31
faculty 35
' Business program
courses 40
* department 37
faculty 45
* Calendar 164
Certificate programs 5
* Challenge examinations 13
(licmistry program
' courses 48
department 47
faculty 50
CI i;i' ' 13
' t 'liege supptirt staff 157
Communication program
courses 58
department 58
faculty 62
Computer science program
courses 78
department 76
faculty 82
Concurrent courses 1 1
Cooperative programs 24
Courses, undergraduate
concurrent 1 1
external II
repetition of 1 1
descriptions 29
Courses, graduate 126
Credit for life exjXTience 14
Criminal justice courses 108
Degrees
undergraduate 7
graduate 126
Deans list 15
Departmental honors 16
Diploma programs 5
Economics program
courses 106
department 104
faculty 109
Education program
courses 52
depanment 52
faculty 57
Elementary education program
courses 53
depanment 52
faculty 57
Engineering cooperative
program 24
English program
courses 59
department 58
faculis 62
Environmental studies
ciMiperaiive program 24
External summer courses II
Faculty 144
Finances, student 4
line arts courses 21
Foreign languages program
courses 64
depanment 64
facult> 69
Foreign study t>ppt>rtunilies 28
lon"sir> ciH^perative
prv^gram 24
French program
courses 65
department 64
faculty 69
General education program
courses 19
requirements 19
General studies program
requirements 26
Geography courses 56
German program
courses 66
department 64
faculty 69
Grade point average 14
Grading system 14
Graduation honors 15
Graduation requirements
undergraduate 8
graduate 126
Health care management program
courses 42
requirements 42
Health professions
cooperative programs 24
History program
courses 72
department 71
faculty 75
Honors
departmental 16
graduation 16
Honors program
courses 23
Hotel management program
courses : 43
department 37
faculty 45
In-Absentia 12
Independent study 27
Individualized major 26
Interdisciplinary courses 22
International business program 44
Internship policy 26
Knisley teaching awards 158
Leave of absence 12
Limit of hours 9
Lindback teaching awards 158
Literature courses 58
Map of campus 160
Mathematical science program
courses 79
department 76
faculty 82
MBA program
academic policies 130
admission 130
concurrent courses 131
courses 126
faculty 129
financial aid 132
grading system 131
privacy of student records 132
refund policy 132
requirements 126
review procedure 131
time restriction policy 132
transfer policy 131
withdrawal policy 132
Medical technology
cooperative program 25
Military science program
courses 85
department : 84
faculty 85
requirements 85
Mission statement 3
Music education courses 93
Music program
courses 87
department 86
faculty 94
Music recording technology program
courses 93
department 86
faculty 94
Non-traditional credit policy 13
Off-campus programs
study abroad 28
Washington semester 28
Officers, general college 133
Pass/fail policy 1 1
Payment plans 5
Phi Alpha Epsilon 16
Philosophy program
course 117
department 115
faculty 118
Physical education program
courses 98
department 98
faculty 99
Physics program
courses 101
department 100
faculty 102
Placement examinations
undergraduate 12
Political sciences program
courses 104
department 104
faculty 109
Pre-law program 25
Pre-medical, pre-dentistry,
pre-veterinary programs 25
Privacy of student records 7
Probation, undergraduate 17
Profile of the college 2
Psychobiology program
courses 35
162
I'sychology program
courses 1 1 1
department 1 10
lacully 113
Kcadmission policy 12
KcIuirI jiolicy
tiiulcrjiraduale 4
yraduale 132
Kcgistration, change of policy 10
kcli^ion program
courses 1 15
department 1 15
laculty 1 18
kcpctilKiri of courses
undergraduate 1 1
kOI'C 84
Russian program 67
Science
courses 50
Second bachelor's degree 12
Secondary education program
courses 55
department 52
lacully 57
Scrvicemembers opportunity
college (SOC) 18
Sociology program
courses 121
department 121
lacully 125
Social wDrk program
courses 124
ilepartment 1 2 1
laculty 125
Social studies program 120
Spanish program
courses 68
ilepartment 64
laculty 6^
Special topics courses 28
Study abroad 28
Suspension policy
undergraduate 17
Teacher ceriilication lor
non-inalnculaleil stuilenis 18
Icacher ceriiricalion lor
matnculaled siudenis 55
I lansler policy
undergraduate 9
graduate I.M
liusiees. Board of 133
Tutorial study courses 27
\ eteran's services 17
\\ ashingioii semester 28
W iihdraw al privedure
undergraduate 1 2
•jraduate 132
PHONE numbp:rs
College Offices''
Academic Otfices
6208
Acadcniic Support Program
6249
Admissions
6181
Business Office
63m
Career Planning & Placement
6235
College Center
6161
College Store
6313
Computer Lab (general)
6(J67
Computet Science Lab
6()88
Continuing Hducation
6213
Dean of Student Services
6233
Financial Aid
6181
Registrar
6215
Safet\ and Securit\
6111
Vice president/dean of facult\
6208
Acadcniic Offices
*
American Studies
6356
Art
6015
Biology
6175
Business Administration
6101
Chemistrv
6140
Economics
6330
Education
6305
English
6240
Foreisin Laniiuaize
6250
History
6355
Honors Program
6210
Mathetiiaiical Sciences
6080
Music
62:'5
Philosophy
6 1 30
Physical l-Jucation
6364
Physics
6150
Political Sciences
6330
Ps\cholo>:\
6195
Reliizion
6130
SiKMolonx
6155
* A I fit cihic "/ '. piiftx S67.
163
1996 - 1997 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
First Semester
August
October
November
December
24
24
24
25
26
26
27
4-6
9
11
18
18
22
25-27
1
27
2
6
6
7
7-13
13
19
Sat.
Sat.
Sat.
Sun.
Mon.
Mon.
Tue.
Fri. -Sun.
Wed.
Fri.
Fri.
Fri.
Tue.
Fri. -Sun.
Fri.
Wed.
Mon.
Fri.
Fri.
Sat.
Sat.-
Fri.
Thu,
Fri.
9 a.m.
10 a.m.
2 p.m.
Noon
1 -4 p.m.
6:30 p.m.
8 a.m.
Noon
4 p.m.
5 p.m.
5 p.m.
6:30 p.m.
5 p.m.
3 p.m.
8 a.m.
5 p.m.
5 p.m.
5 p.m.
Noon
Residence halls open for new students
First Year Experience
Opening Convocation
Residence halls open for students
Add/drop day
Evening classes begin
Day classes begin
Family Weekend
Mid-term grades due
Presidential Inauguration
Incomplete grades due
Fall break begins
Classes resume
Homecoming Weekend
Last day to change registration or with-
draw from a course
Thanksgiving vacation begins
Classes resume
Last day for first-semester freshmen to
withdraw from a course
Classes end
Final examinations for Weekend Colleg
Final examinations for day classes
Semester ends
Final grades due
Second Semester
January 12 Sun. Noon Residence halls open
13 Mon. 9-11 a.m. Add/drop day
13 Mon. 1p.m. Classes begin (labs only)
13 Mon. 6:30 p.m. Evening classes begin
February 18 Tue. 11a.m. Founders Day
21 Fri. 5 p.m. Spring vacation begins
March 3 Mon. 8 a.m. Classes resume
5 Wed. Noon Mid-term grades due
7 Fri. 5 p.m. Incomplete grades due
21 Fri. 5 p.m. Last day to change registration or with-
draw from a course
26 Wed. 9:30 p.m. Easter vacation begins
31 Mon. 6:30 p.m. Classes resume
May 1 Thu. 5 p.m. Last day for first-semester freshmen to
withdraw from a course
1 Thu. 9:30 p.m. Classes end
2-8 Fri. -Thu. Final examinations
8 Thu. 9:30 p.m. Semester ends
9 Fri. Noon Senior grades due
10 Sat. 9 a.m. Baccalaureate service
10 Sat. 11a.m. 128th Commencement
16 Fri. Noon All final grades due
164
Lebanon Valley College Non-Profit
Annville,PA 17003-0501 Organization
, POSTAGE PAID
Address Correction Requested Permit No 9
Annville, PA 17003
Mrs. Deborah R. Fullam
Humanities . 104 -B
TVNews
OpenLibrary